Library Resources in Communications

 

            The following is a partial  listing of the recently acquired books at the Eastern Library.   The subject classification is meant to aid, not to replace, personally-conducted search by the user.   Many of the books have varied contents and may be classified under different headings in different classification schemes. (K.J.)

 

 

Advertising: 

- Effects                                 

- Political       

- Regulation   

- Research     

- Strategy      

- Other           

Audiences   

Children & Media   

Cinema  

Effects of Media  

Ethics in Communication  

General Reference  

Health Communication 

History of Media  

International & Intercultural:         

- Globalization

- Interpersonal Comm. Across Cultures           

- Media in Development          

- Other           

Interpersonal Communication:        

- Comm. in the Workplace      

- Conflict & Communication    

- Gender & Communication     

- Family Communication         

- Nonverbal Communication    

- Persuasion in Communication           

- Race in Communication

- Other           

Jobs in Media Industries  

Journalism: 

-   Design         

-   Ethics in Journalism 

-   History        

-   News & News Sources         

-   Science Coverage in News

-   War Coverage in the Media

-   Other           

Managing the Media 

Media Contents: 

- Comics

- Covering Disasters

- Crime in the Media

- Disability in the Media

- Environment in the Media

- Ethnic and Racial Minorities in the Media

- Family in the Media

- Homosexuality in the Media  

- Music          

- Pornography

- Religion in the Media

- Sexuality in Media    

- Soap Opera

- Sports in the Media  

- Talk Shows

- "Terrorism" in the Media       

- TV & Movie Criticism           

- Violence in Media

- War in Media

- Other           

New Media Technologies: 

- Cable TV     

- Computer-Mediated Communication

- Convergence

- Internet and Virtual Reality

- Satellite       

- VCR

- Other           

Ownership & Media Economics        

Policy & Law: 

- Advertising Regulation         

- First Amendment & Censorship        

- Libel

- Other           

Political Communication: 

- Advertising in Political Campaigns    

- Televised Presidential Debates

- Other           

Propaganda & Public Opinion 

P.R. & Organizational Comm.  

Radio & Audio  

Research:  

- Advertising Research

- Broadcast Ratings   

- Human Comm. Research

- Other           

Telephone 

Television Production: 

- Corporate Video       

- Other           

Theory:  

- Critical Theory

- Cultural Studies

- Media Ecology

- Political Economy

- Other

Visual Communication 

Women & the Media   

Writing & Literacy   

Writing for Media  

Miscellaneous  

Communication Journals

 

Advertising:

 

Effects:

Alwitt, L. S., & Mitchell, A. A. (Eds.).  (1991).  Psychological processes and advertising effects.  Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.

Anderson, R., & Strate, L. (Eds.). (2000).  Critical studies in media commercialism.  New York: Oxford Univ. Press.

Berger, A.A. (2004). Ads, fads, and consumer culture: Advertising’s impact on American character and society (2nd ed.). Lanham, MD: Rowman & Littlefield.

Brock, T. C., & Green, M. C. (Eds.). (2005). Persuasion: Psychological insights and perspectives (2nd Ed.). Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.

Cafferata, P., & Tybout, A. M. (1989).  Cognitive and affective responses to advertising.  Lexington, MA:  D.C. Heath.

Fisher, J. C. (1993).  Advertising, alcohol consumption, and abuse:  A worldwide survey.  Westport, CT: Greenwood Press.

Fisher, J. C., & Cook, P. A. (1995).  Advertising and the use of alcohol: An empirical study.  Westport, CT: Greenwood Press.

Fox, R. F. (1996). Harvesting minds: How TV commercials control kids.  Westport, CT: Praeger.

Jacobson, M., & Mazur, L. (1994).  Marketing madness: What commercialism is doing to our culture.  Boulder, CO: Westview.

Kilbourne, J. (1999). Deadly persuasion: The addictive power of advertising.  New York: Simon & Schuster.

O’Shaughnessy, J., & O’Shaughnessy, N.J. (2004). Persuasion in advertising. New York: Routledge.

Seiter, E. (1993).  Sold separately: Parents and children in consumer culture. New Brunswick, NJ: Rutgers Univ. Press.

Shields, V. R., & Heinecken, D. (2002).  Measuring up: How advertising affects self-image. Philadelphia: University of Pennsylvania.

 

Political:

Biocca, F. (1991).  Television and political advertising (2 vols.).  Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.

Diamond, E., & Bates, S. (1988).  The spot:  The rise of political advertising on television (2nd ed.). Cambridge, MA:  MIT Press.

Johnson-Cartee, K., & Copeland G. (1991).  Negative political advertising.  Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.

Kaid, L. L., Nimmo, D., & Sanders, K. R. (Eds.). (1986).  New perspectives on political advertising. Carbondale, IL: Southern Illinois Univ. Press.

Kaid, L. L., & Holtz-Bacha, C. (Eds.). (1995).  Political advertising in Western democracies.  Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.

Kern, M. (1989).  30‑second politics.  Westport, CT:  Praeger.

Newman, B. I. (1993).  The making of the president: Political marketing as campaign strategy.  Newbury Park, CA: Sage.

West, D. M. (1993).  Air wars: Television advertising in political campaigns:  1952-1992.  Washington, DC:  CQ Press.

 

Regulation:

Gartner, M. (1988).  Advertising and the First Amendment.  Winchester, MA:  Unwin Hyman. 

Kupferman, T. R. (Ed.). (1990).  Advertising and commercial speech (readings from Communications and the Law, 4).  Westport, CT:  Meckler.

Richards, J. I. (1990).  Deceptive advertising.  Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.

 

Research:

Eastman, S. T. (Ed.) (2000).  Research in media promotion. Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.

Fletcher, A. D., & Bowers, T. A. (1988).  Fundamentals of advertising research (3rd ed.). Belmont, CA:  Wadsworth.

Haskins, J. B., & Kendrick, A. (1992).  Successful advertising research methods.  Lincolnwood, IL: NTC Publishing Group.

Scott, L.M., & Batra, R. (Eds.). (2003). Persuasive imagery: A consumer response perspective. Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.

Wells, W. D. (1997).  Measuring advertising effectiveness.  Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.

 

Strategy:

Altstiel, T., & Grow, J. (2005). Advertising strategy: Creative tactics from the outside/in. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.

Bogart, L. (1991).  Strategy in advertising.  Lincolnwood, IL:  NTC Publishing Group.

Borchers, T. A. (2002). Persuasion in the media age. Boston, MA: McGraw-Hill.

Budd, M., Craig, S., & Steinman, C. (1999).  Consuming environments: Television and commercial culture.  Piscataway, NJ: Rutgers University Press.

Burton, P. W. (1999). Advertising copywriting (7th ed.). Lincolnwood, IL:  NTC Publishing Group.

Eastman, S. T., & Klein, R. A. (1988).  Strategies in broadcast and cable promotion. Prospect Heights, IL:  Waveland Press.

Harner, S., Zimmerman, T., & Dragga, S. (2001).  Technical marketing communication. New York:  Longman.

Jewler, A. J. (1989).  Creative strategy in advertising (3rd ed.).  Belmont, CA: Wadsworth.

Kitchen, P. J. (1999). Marketing communications: Principles and practice. Florence: International Thomson Publishing.

Meeske, M. D. (1998).  Copywriting for the electronic media. Belmont, CA: Wadsworth.

Moffitt, M. A. (1999). Campaign strategies and message design: A practitioner’s guide from start to finish. Westport, CT: Greenwood Press.

Reichert, T., & Lambiase, J. (Eds.). (2003). Sex in advertising: Perspectives on the erotic appeal. Mahwah, NJ:  Lawrence Erlbaum.

Reichert, T., & Lambiase, J. (Eds.). (2005). Sex in consumer culture: The erotic content of media and marketing. Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.

Smith, P. (1999). Strategic marketing communications: New ways to build and integrate communications. Sterling: Stylus Publishing.

Tellis, G. J. (2003). Effective advertising: Understanding when, how, and why advertising works. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.

Turow, J. (1997).  Breaking up America: Advertisers and the new media world. Chicago: University of Chicago Press.

 

Other:

Applegate, E. (Ed.). (1994).  The ad men and women: A biographical dictionary of advertising.  Westport, CT: Greenwood Press.

Amend, R., & Shrader, M. (1989).  Media for business.  New York: Knowledge Industry Publications.

Baker, C. E. (1994).  Advertising and a democratic press.  Princeton, NJ: Princeton Univ. Press.

Blythe, J. (1999). Marketing communications. Philadelphia, PA: Financial Times Pitman Publishing.

Bogart, L. (1989).  Press and public (2nd ed.).  Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.

Bogart, L. (1994).  Commercial culture:  The mass media system and the public interest.  New York: Oxford Univ. Press.

Book, A. C., Cary, N. D., & Tannenbaum, J. (1991). The radio and television commercial. Lincolnwood, IL: NTC Publishing Group.

Chambers, J. (2008).  Madison Avenue and the color line: African Americans in the advertising industry.  Philadelphia, PA: Univ. of Pennsylvania Press.

Cortese, A. J. (1999).  Provocateur: Images of women and minorities in advertising.  Lanham, MD: Rowman & Littlefield.

Cortese, A. J. (2008).  Provocateur: Images of women and minorities in advertising (3rd Ed.).  Lanham, MD: Rowman & Littlefield.

Fowles, J. (1996).  Advertising and popular culture.  Newbury Park, CA: Sage.

Galician, M. (Ed.). (2004). Handbook of product placement in the mass media: New strategies in marketing theory, practice, trends, and ethics. Haworth Press.

Goldman, R. (1992).  Reading ads socially.  New York: Routledge.

Goldman, R., & Papson, S. (1996).  Sign wars: The cluttered landscape of advertising.  New York: Guilford Publications.

Hagerman, W. L. (1990). Broadcast advertising copywriting.  Stoneham, MA: Focal Press.

Jhally, S. (1990).  The codes of advertising.  New York: Routledge.

Jones, J. P. (2002).  The ultimate secrets of advertising. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.

Jones, J. P. (2003). Fables, fashions, and facts about advertising: A study of 28 enduring myths. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.

Katz, H. (2003). The media handbook. Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.

Kern-Foxworth, M. (1994).  Aunt Jemima, Uncle Ben, and Rastus: Blacks in advertising, yesterday, today, and tomorrow.  Westport, CT: Praeger.

Key, W. B. (1989).  Age of manipulation.  New York:  Henry Holt.

Kotler, P., Roberto, N., & Lee, N. (2002). Social marketing: Improving the quality of life. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.

Laskin, D. (1986).  Getting into advertising.  New York: Ballantine.

Lehu, J.-M. (2009).  Branded entertainment: Product placement & brand strategy in the entertainment business.  London: Kogan Page.

Macklin, M. C. (Ed.). (1999). Advertising to children: Concepts and controversies. Cincinnati: Univ. of Cincinnati Press.

McAllister, M. P. (1995).  The commercialization of American culture: New advertising, control, and democracy.  Newbury Park, CA: Sage.

Messaris, P. (1996).  Visual persuasion: The role of images in advertising.  Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.

Myers, G. (1998). Ad worlds: Brands, media, audiences. New York: Oxford Univ. Press.

Nelson, R. P. (1989).  The design of advertising (6th ed.).  Dubuque, IA: Wm. C. Brown.

O’Barr, W. M. (1994).  Culture and the ad: Exploring otherness in the world of advertising.  Boulder, CO: Westview.

Schumann, D. W., & Thorson, E. (Eds.). (1999). Advertising and the World Wide Web. Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.

Schumann, D. W., & Thorson, E. (Eds.). (2007). Internet Advertising: Theory and Research. Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.

Segrave, K. (2004). Product placement in Hollywood films: A history. Jefferson, NC: McFarland.

Sheehan, K. B. (2003). Controversies in contemporary advertising. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.

Stafford, M.R., & Faber, R.J. (Eds.). (2005). Advertising, promotion, and new media. Armonk, NY: M.E. Sharpe.

Twitchell, J. B. (1996).  Adcult USA: The triumph of advertising in American culture.  New York: Columbia University Press.

Williams, J. D., Lee, W.-N., & Haugtvedt, C. P. (Eds.). (2004). Diversity in advertising: Broadening the scope of research directions. Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.

Zeff, R. L. (1999). Advertising on the Internet. New York: John Wiley & Sons.

 

Audiences:

 

Abercrombie, N., & Longhurst, B. (1998). Audiences: A sociological theory of performance and imagination.  Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.

Alasuutari, P. (Ed.). (1999).  Rethinking the media audience.  Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.

Barwise, P., & Ehrenberg, A. (1989).  Television and its audience. Newbury Park, CA: Sage.

Buckingham, D. (Ed.). (1994).  Reading audiences: Young people and the media.  Manchester: Manchester Univ. Press.

Butsch, R. (2000).  The making of American audiences: From stage to television, 1750–1990. New York: Cambridge Univ. Press.

Crawford, P. (1996). Construction of the viewer: Media ethnography and the anthropology of audiences.  Union City: Smyrna Press.

Cruz, J. D., & Lewis, J. (Eds.). (1993). Viewing, reading, listening: Audiences and cultural reception. Boulder, CO: Westview Press.                                                                                                                                                         

DeWerth-Pallmeyer, D. (1996).  The audience in the news.  Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.

Dickinson, R., Harindranath, R., & Linne, O. (Eds.). (1998). Approaches to audience: A reader.  New York: Oxford University Press.

Drummond, P., & Paterson, R. (1988).  Television and its audience. London:  British Film Institute.

Eaman, R. A. (1994). Channels of influence: CBC audience research and the Canadian public. Toronto: Univ. of Toronto Press.

Ettema, J. S., & Whitney, D. C. (Eds.). (1994). Audiencemaking.  Newbury Park, CA: Sage.

Goldstein, J. (Ed.). (1998).  Why we watch: The attractions of violent entertainment.  New York: Oxford University Press.

Graber, D. A. (1993).  Processing the news: How people tame the information tide.  (2nd. Ed.) Lanham, MD:  The University Press of America.

Hay, J., Grossberg, L., & Wartella, E. (1996).  The audience and its landscape.  Boulder, CO: Westview Press.

Hoover, S.M., Clark, L.S., & Alters, D.F. (2004). Media, home, and family. New York: Routledge.

Jenkins, H. (1992).  Textual poachers:  Television fans and participatory culture. New York: Routledge.

Kent, R. (1994).  Measuring media audiences.  New York: Routledge.

Livingstone, S. (1998). Making sense of television: The psychology of audience interpretation (2nd ed.). New York: Routledge.

Livingstone, S. (Ed.). (2005). Audiences and publics: When cultural engagement matters for the public sphere. Portland, OR: Intellect.

Lull, J. (1991).  Inside family viewing: Ethnographic research on television's audience. New York:  Routledge.

McQuail, D. (1997).  Audience analysis.  Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.

Means Coleman, R. R. (Ed.).  (2001).  Say it loud!:  African American audiences, media, and identity.  New York, NY: Routledge.

Morley, D. (1992).  Television, audiences and cultural studies.  New York: Routledge.

Moores, S. (1994).  Interpreting audiences.  Newbury Park, CA: Sage.

Napoli, P. M. (2003). Audience economics. New York: Columbia Univ. Press.

Reeves, B. (1996).  Media equation: How people treat computers, television, and new media like real people and places.  Stanford, CA: Stanford Univ. Press.

Riggs, K. (1998).  Mature audiences: Television and the elderly. New Brunswick, NJ: Rutgers Univ. Press.

Ruddock, A. (2001).  Understanding audiences—Theory and method. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.

Seiter, E. (1999). Television and new media audiences. New York: Oxford Univ. Press.

Staiger, J. (2005). Media reception studies. NY: New York Univ. Press.

Strasburger, V. C. (1995). Adolescents and the Media.  Newbury Park, CA: Sage.

Tulloch, J. (2000).  Watching the TV audience: Theory and method in reception studies. New York: Oxford Univ. Press.

Webster, J. G., & Phalen, P. (1997).  The mass audience: Rediscovering the dominant model.  Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.

Wicks, R. H. (2000).  Understanding audiences. Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.

Wilson, A. (1993),  Watching television: Hermeneutics, reception, and popular culture.  New York:  Blackwell.

Wilson, T. (2004). The playful audience: From talk show viewers to Internet users. Cresskill, NJ: Hampton Press.

Wilson, T. (2009). Understanding media users: From theory to practice.  Malden, MA: Wiley-Blackwell.

 

Children & Media:

 

Berry, G. L., & Asamen, J. K. (1993).  Children and Television.  Newbury Park, CA: Sage.

Bryant, J. A. (Ed.). (2007). The children’s television community.  Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.

Buckingham, D. (Ed.). (1994).  Reading audiences: Young people and the media.  Manchester: Manchester Univ. Press.

Buckingham, D. (1996).  Moving images: Understanding children’s emotional responses to TV.  Manchester: Manchester Univ. Press.

Buckingham, D., & Willett, R. (Eds.). (2006). Digital generations: Children, young people, and the new media. Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.

Calvert, S. L. (1999). Children’s journeys through the information age. New York: McGraw-Hill.

Calvert, S. L., & Wilson, B. J. (Eds.). (2008).  The handbook of children, media and development.  Malden, MA: Wiley-Blackwell.

Charlton, M., & Bachmair, B. (Eds.). (1990).  Media communication in everyday life: Interpretive studies on children's and young people's media actions.  New York: K.G. Saur.

Clifford, B. R., Gunter, B., & McAleer, J. (1995).  Television and children: Program evaluation, comprehension, and impact.  Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.

Cortes, C. E. (2000).  Children are watching: How the media teach about diversity.  New York: Teachers College Press.

Davies, M. M. (1997).  Fake, fact, and fantasy: Children’s interpretations of television reality.  Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.

Drotner, K., & Livingstone, S. (Eds.). (2008).  International handbook of children, media and culture.  Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.

Fisch, S. M. (2004). Children learning from educational television: Sesame Street and beyond. Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.

Fisch, S. M., & Truglio, R. (Eds.) (2000).  “G” is for growing: Thirty years of research on children and Sesame Street. Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.

Fox, R. F. (1996). Harvesting minds: How TV commercials control kids.  Westport, CT: Praeger.

Götz, M. (2005). Media and the make-believe worlds of children: When Harry Potter meets Pokémon in Disneyland. Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.

Gunter, B., & McAleer, J. L. (1990).  Children and television:  The one-eyed monster.  London:  Routledge.

Howard, S. (1997).  Wired up: Young people and the electronic media. Bristol, PA:  Taylor & Francis Group.

Jamieson, P. E., & Romer, D. (Eds.). (2008).  The changing portrayal of adolescents in the media since 1950.  New York: Oxford Univ. Press.

Jones, G. (2002).  Killing monsters: Why children need fantasy, super heroes and make-believe violence. New York: Basic Books.

Kirsh, S. J. (2005). Children, adolescents, and media violence: A critical look at research. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.

Kundanis, R. (2002). Children, teens, families, and mass media. Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.

Levin, D. E. (1998). Remote control childhood? Combating the hazards of media culture.  Washington, DC: National Association for the Education of Young Children.

Levin, D. E., & Kilbourne, J. (2008). So sexy so soon: The sexualized childhood and what parents can do to protect their kids.  New York: Ballantine Books.

Liebert, R. M., & Sprafkin, J. (1988). The early window (3rd ed.).  New York: Pergamon Press.

Livingstone, S. (2002).  Young people and new media: Childhood and the changing media environment. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.

Luke, C. (1990). Constructing the child viewer: The history of American discourse on TV and children.  Westport CT:  Praeger.

MacBeth, T. M. (Ed.). (1996).  Tuning in to young viewers.  Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.

Macklin, M. C., & Carlson, L. (Ed.). (1999). Advertising to children: Concepts and controversies. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.

Marsh, J. (2005). Popular culture, new media and digital literacy in early childhood. New York:  Routledge.

Minow, N. N., & LaMay, C. L. (1996). Abandoned in the wasteland: Children, television, and the First Amendment.  New York: Hill & Wang.

Osgerby, B. (2004). Youth media. New York:  Routledge.

Palmer, E. L., & Young, B. M. (Eds.). (2003). The faces of televisual media: Teaching, violence, selling to children (2nd ed.). Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.

Palmer, E. L. (1988).  Television and America's children:  A crisis of neglect.  New York:  Oxford Univ. Press.

Pecora, N., Murray, J. P., & Wartella, E. A. (Eds.). (2007). Children and television: Fifty years of research.  Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.

Rosengren, K. E., & Windahl, S. (1989).  Media matter:  TV use in childhood and adolescence.  Norwood, NJ: Ablex.

Seiter, E. (1993). Sold separately: Parents and children in consumer culture.  New Brunswick, NJ: Rutgers Univ. Press.

Signorielli, N. (1991).  A sourcebook on children and television.  Westport, CT: Greenwood Press.

Singer, D. G., & Singer, J. L. (Eds.). (2001).  Handbook of children and the media.  Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.

Strasburger, V. C., & Wilson, B. J. (2002).  Children, adolescents and the media. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.

Valkenburg, P.M. (2004). Children’s responses to the screen: A media psychological approach. Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.

Van Evra, J. P. (1997).  Television and child development.  Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.

Winn, M. (1987).  Unplugging the plug-in drug.  New York: Penguin.

Zillmann, D., Bryant, J., & Huston, A. (Eds.). (1993).  Media, children, and the family: Social scientific, psychodynamic, and clinical perspectives.  Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.

 

Cinema:

 

Acland, C. R. (2003). Screen traffic: Movies, multiplexes, and global culture. Durham, NC:  Duke Univ. Press.

Austin, B. A. (1989).  Immediate seating:  A look at movie audiences. Belmont, CA: Wadsworth.

Austin, B. A. (Ed.). (1985, `86, `87, `88, `91). Current research in film.  Norwood, NJ: Ablex.

Barrios, R. (2003). Screened out: Playing gay in Hollywood from Edison to Stonewall. New York: Routledge.

Bouzereau, L. (1998). Ultraviolent movies: From Sam Pekinpah to Quentin Tarantino (rev. ed.).  Secaucus, NJ: Carol Publishing.

Dabashi, H. (2001).  Close up: Iranian cinema, past, present and future. London: Verso.

Doherty, T. (1988).  Teenagers and teenpics.  Winchester, MA:  Unwin Hyman.

Gomery, D. (1992).  Shared pleasures: A history of movie presentation in the United States.  Madison:  Univ. of Wisconsin Press.

Guerrero, E. (1994).  Framing blackness: The African American image in film.  Philadelphia: Temple Univ. Press.

Jowett, G. S., & Linton, J. M. (1989). Movies as mass communication.  Newbury Park, CA: Sage.

Kaminsky, S. M. (1989).  American film genres (2nd ed.).  Chicago:  Nelson‑Hall.

Landy, M. (1991). British genres:  Cinema and society, 1930-1960.  Princeton, NJ: Princeton Univ. Press.

MacKinnon, K. (1992).  The politics of popular presentation: Reagan, Thatcher, AIDS, and the movies.  Cranbury, NJ: Fairleigh Dickinson Univ. Press.

Mayne, J. (1993). Cinema and spectatorship.  New York: Routledge.

Powers, S., Rothman, D. J., & Rothman, R. (1996).  Hollywood’s America: Social and political themes in motion pictures.  Boulder, CO: Westview Press.

Prindle, D. F. (1993). Risky business: The political economy of Hollywood.  Boulder, CO: Westview Press.

Slocum, J. D. (Ed.). (2001).  Violence and American cinema. New York: Routledge.

Staiger, J. (1992).  Interpreting film: Studies in the historical reception of American cinema.  Princeton, NJ:  Princeton Univ. Press.

Turner, G. (1993). Film as social practice.  New York:  Routledge, Chapman & Hall.

Weaver, J. B., & Tamborini, R. (1996). Horror films: Current research on audience preferences and reactions. Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.

Wollen, T., & Haywood, P. (Eds.). (1993). Future visions: New technologies of the screen.  London: British Film Institute.

Wyver, J. (1989).  Moving image:  An international history of film, television and video. Oxford:  Basil Blackwell.

 

Effects of Media:

 

Andsager, J.L., & White, H.A. (2007). Self Versus Others: Media, messages, and the third-person effect. Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.

Bradac, J. J. (1989).  Message effects in communication science.  Newbury Park, CA: Sage.

Brown, J. D., Steele, J. R., & Walsh-Childers, K. (Eds.) (2002).  Sexual teens, sexual media: Investigating media’s influence on adolescent sexuality. Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.

Bryant, J., & Oliver, M.B. (Eds.). (2009).  Media effects: Advances in theory and research (3rd Ed.).  New York: Routledge.

Bryant, J., Roskos-Ewoldsen, D., & Cantor, J. (Eds.). (2003). Communication and emotion. Mahwah, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum.

Bryant, J., & Vorderer, P. (Eds.). (2006). Psychology of entertainment. Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.

Bryant, J., & Zillmann, D. (1986).  Perspectives on media effects. Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.

Bryant, J., & Zillmann, D. (1991).  Responding to the screen.  Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.

Bryant, J., & Zillmann, D. (Eds.). (1994).  Media effects: Advances in theory and research.  Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.

Bryant, J., & Zillmann, D. (Eds.). (2002).  Media effects: Advances in theory and research (2nd ed.). Mahwah, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum.

Burkhart, F. N. (1991).  Media, emergency warnings, and citizen response.  Boulder, CO: Westview Press.

Charlton, T., Gunter, B., & Hannan, A. (Eds.). (2002).  Broadcast television effects in a remote community. Mahwah, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum.

Cumberbatch, G., & Howitt, D. (1989). A measure of uncertainty:  The effects of the mass media.  London:  John Libbey.

De Zengotita, T. (2005).  Mediated: How the media shapes your world and the way you live in it. New York, NY: Bloomsbury.

Ferrarotti, F. (1988).  The end of conversation:  The impact of mass media on modern society.  New York: Praeger.

Fowles, J. (1992).  Why viewers watch: A reappraisal of television's effects (2nd ed.).  Newbury Park, CA: Sage.

Jackson, S. (1992).  Message effects research.  New York: Guilford Publications.

Kubey, R., & Csikszentmihalyi, M. (1990).  Television and the quality of life. Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.

Lin, C.A, & Atkin, D.J. (Eds.). (2007). Communication technology and social change: Theory and implications.  Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.

Marc, D., & Douglas, S. (1998). Bonfire of the humanities: television, subliteracy, and long-term memory loss. Syracuse, NY: Syracuse Univ. Press.

Martin, S. E., & Mail, P. (Eds.). (1995).  Effects of the mass media on the use and abuse of alcohol.  Upland: Diane Publications.

Perse, E. (2001).  Media effects and society. Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.

Philo, G. (1991).  Seeing & believing:  The influence of television.  New York:  Routledge.

Preiss, R. G., et al. (Eds.). (2006). Mass media effects research: Advances through meta-analysis. Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.

Reese, S. D., Gandy, O. H., & Grant, A. E. (Eds.). Framing public life: Perspectives on media and our understanding of the social world. Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.

Rosengren, K. E. (Ed.). (1994).  Media effects and beyond: Culture, socialization and lifestyles. New York: Routledge.

Wykes, M., & Gunter, B. (2005). The media and body image: If looks could kill. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.

Zillmann, D., & Vorderer, P. (Eds.). (2000). Media entertainment: The psychology of its appeal. Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.

 

Ethics in Communication:

 

Alia, V. (2004). Media ethics and social change. New York: Routledge.

Anderson, R., & Strate, L. (Ed.). (2000).  Critical studies in media commercialism.  New York: Oxford Univ. Press.

Barnouw, E., & Duncan, D. (2001).  Media lost and found. NY: Fordham Univ. Press.

Bertrand, C. J. (2000).  Media ethics and accountability systems. New Brunswick: Transaction Books.

Bivins, T.H. (2004). Mixed media: Moral distinctions in advertising, public relations, and journalism. Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.

Bugeja, M. (2008).  Living ethics: Across media platforms.  New York: Oxford Univ. Press.

Christians, C. G. (1993).  Good news: Social ethics and the press.  New York:  Oxford Univ. Press.

Christians, C. G., Rotzoll, K. B., & Fackler, M. (1987).  Media ethics (2nd ed.).  New York:  Longman.

Christians, C. G., & Traber, M. (Eds.).  Communication ethics and universal values.  Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.

Cooper, T. W. (Ed.). (1989).  Communication ethics and global change.  New York: Longman.

Day, L. A. (1991).  Ethics in media communications: Cases and controversies.  Belmont, CA: Wadsworth.

Denton, R. E. (1991).  Ethical dimensions of political communication.  Westport, CT: Praeger.

Fink, C. C. (1994).  Media ethics.  New York: Macmillan.

Goodwin, G., & Smith, R. F. (1994).  Groping for ethics in journalism.  Ames, IA:  Iowa State Univ. Press.

Gordon, A. D., Kittross, J. M., & Reuss, C. (1995).  Controversies in media ethics.  White Plains, NY: Longman.

Greenberg, K. J. (Ed.). (1991). Conversations on communication ethics.  Norwood, NJ: Ablex.

Hausman, C. (1992).  Crisis of conscience: Perspectives on journalism ethics.  New York: Harper Collins.

Jaska, J. A., & Pritchard, M. S. (1994). Communication ethics: Methods of analysis.  Belmont, CA: Wadsworth.

Jensen, J. V. (1997).  Ethical issues in the communication process. Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.

Johannesen, R. L. (1990). Ethics in human communication.  Prospect Heights, IL: Waveland Press.

Keeble, R. (Ed.). (2006). Communication ethics today. Leicester: Troubador Publishing.

Kieran, M. (1998).  Media ethics.  New York: Routledge.

Limburg, V. E. (1993).  Electronic media ethics.  Butterworth-Heinemann.

Moore, R. L. (1994).  Communication law and ethics.  Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.

Olen, J. (1988).  Ethics in journalism.  Englewood Cliffs, NJ:  Prentice Hall.

Patterson, P., & Wilkins, L. (1991).  Media ethics: Issues and cases.  Madison, WI:  Wm. C. Brown Publishers.

Plaisance, P. L. (2009).  Media ethics: Key principles for responsible practice.  Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.

Pritchard, D. (Ed.). (2000).  Holding the media accountable: Citizens, ethics, and the law. Bloomington:  Indiana Univ. Press.

Retief, J. (2002).  Media ethics: An introduction to responsible journalism. New York: Oxford Univ. Press.

Rossi, P., Soukup, P. (Eds.). (1994).  Mass media and the moral imagination.  Sheed & Ward.

Seib, P. (1994).  Campaigns and conscience: The ethics of political journalism.  Westport, CT: Praeger.

Shaw, C. D. (1999).  Deciding what we watch: Taste, decency, and media ethics in the U.K. and the U.S.A.  New York: Oxford University Press.

Taitte, W. L. (Ed.). (1994).  The morality of the mass media.  Austin, TX:  Univ. of Texas Press.

Wilkins, L., & Christians, C. G. (Eds.). (2009). The handbook of mass media ethics.  New York, NY: Routledge.

 

General Reference:

 

Andersen, P. A., Guerrero, L. K. (Eds.). (1997).  Handbook of communication and cmotion.  New York: Academic Press.

Anderson, J. A. (Ed.). (1988-1991).  Communication yearbook 11-14.  Newbury Park, CA: Sage.

Barnett, G., & Palmer, M. T. (Eds.). (1998).  Progress in communication sciences, Vol. 14.  Stamford, CT: Ablex.

Barnouw, E., et al. (Eds.). (1988).  International encyclopedia of communications.  New York: Oxford Univ. Press.

Blanchard, M. A. (Ed.). (1998).  History of the mass media in the United States: An encyclopedia.  Chicago: Fitzroy Dearborn.

Blum, E., & Wilhoit, F. G. (1990).  Mass media bibliography:  An annotated guide to books and journals for research.  Urbana, IL:  Univ. of Illinois Press.

Brosius, H.-B. (1999). German communication yearbook. Munich: Univ. of Munich.

Burleson, B. R. (Ed.). (1994, `95, `97).  Communication yearbook 18, 19, 20.  Newbury Park (Thousand Oaks), CA: Sage.

Deetz, S. A. (Ed.). (1992,`93, `94).  Communication yearbook, 15, 16, 17.  Newbury Park, CA:  Sage.

Dervin, B., & Voigt, M. J. (1989, `91, `93).  Progress in Communication Sciences, Vols. 9, 10, 11. Norwood, NJ:  Ablex.

Gudykunst, W. B. (Ed.). (2001, `01, `02).  Communication Yearbook, 24, 25, 26.  Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage (vol. 24) and Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum (vols. 25, 26).

Kernfeld, B. (1988). The new Grove dictionary of jazz.  New York:  Grove`s Dictionaries of Music.

Knapp, M., & Miller, G. (Eds.). (1994).  Handbook of interpersonal communication (2nd ed.).  Newbury Park, CA: Sage.

Kostelanetz, R. (Ed.). (2001).  A dictionary of the avant-garde (2nd ed.). New York, NY: Routledge.

Lunsford, A. A., Wilson, K. H., & Eberly, R. A. (Eds.). (2009).  The Sage handbook of rhetorical studies.  Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.

Nussbaum, J.F., & Coupland, J. (2004). Handbook of communication and aging research (2nd ed.). Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.

Palmer, M. T. (Ed.). (1997).  Progress in communication sciences,  Vol. 13. Norwood, NJ:  Ablex.

Peters, J.D., & Simonson, P. (2004). Mass communication and American social thought: Key texts, 1919-1968. Lanham, MD: Rowman & Littlefield.

Richards, W. D. (Ed.). (1993).  Progress in communication sciences, Vol. 12.  Norwood, NJ: Ablex.

Rolloff, M.E. (Ed.). (1998, `99, `00).  Communication yearbook, 21, 22, 23.  Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.

Sloane, T. O. (2001).  Encyclopedia of rhetoric. New York: Oxford Univ. Press.

Watson, J. (1989).  Dictionary of communication and media studies.  London: Edward Arnold.

Watson, J., & Hill, A. (2000).  Dictionary of media and communication studies (5th ed.).  New York: Oxford Univ. Press.

 

Health Communication:

 

Atkin, C., & Wallack, L. (1990).  Mass communication and public health.  Newbury Park, CA: Sage.

Backer, T. E., & Rogers, E. M. (1993).  Organizational aspects of health communication campaigns:  What works.  Newbury Park, CA: Sage.

Backer, T. E., Rogers, E. M., & Sopory, P. (1992).  Designing health communication campaigns: What works?  Newbury Park, CA: Sage.

Crano, W. D., & Burgoon, M. (Eds.). (2002).  Mass media and drug prevention: Classic and contemporary theories and research. Mahwah, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum.

Fuller, L. K. (Ed.). (2003). Media-mediated AIDS. Cresskill, NJ: Hampton Press.

Hansen, B. (2009).  Picturing medical progress from Pasteur to polio: A history of mass media images and popular attitudes in America.  Piscataway, NJ: Rutgers Univ. Press.

Harris, L. M. (1995).  Health and the media: Technologies transforming personal and public health.  Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.

Hornik, R. C. (Ed.). (2002).  Public health communication: Evidence for behavior change. Mahwah, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum.

Jordan, A., Kunkel, D., Manganello, J., & Fishbein, M. (Eds.). (2009).  Media messages and public health: A decisions approach to content analysis.   New York: Routledge.

Kar, S. B., & Alcalay, R. (Eds.). (2001).  Health communication: A multicultural perspective. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.

King, M., & Watson, K. (Eds.). (2005). Representing health: Discourses of health and illness in the media. New York, NY: Palgrave Macmillan.

Kreps, G. L., & Kunimoto, E. N. (Eds.). (1994).  Effective communication in multicultural health care setting.  Newbury Park, CA: Sage.

Kreps, G. L., & Thornton, B. C. (1992).  Health communication: Theory and practice (2nd ed.).  Prospect Heights, IL:  Waveland Press.

Kreuter, M., Farrell, D., Olevitch, L., Brennan, L., & Rimer, B. K. (2000).  Tailoring health messages: Customizing communication with computer technology. Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.

Maibach, E., & Parrott, R. L. (1995).  Designing health messages: Approaches from communication theory and public health practice.  Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.

Miller, D., Kitzinger, J., Williams, K., & Beharrell, P. (1998).  The circuit of mass communication: Media strategies, representation, and audience reception in the AIDS crisis.  Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.

Parrott, R., & Condit, C. (1996).  Evaluating women’s health messages: A resource book.  Newbury Park, CA: Sage.

Perloff, R. M. (2000).  Persuading people to have safer sex: Applications of social science to the AIDS crisis. Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.

Rice, R. E., & Katz, J. E. (Eds.). (2001).  The Internet and health communication.  Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.

Seale, C. (2003). Media and health. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.

Seale, C. (2004). Health and the media. Malden:  Blackwell Publishers.

Singhal, A., & Rogers, E. M. (2003). Combating AIDS: Communication strategies in action. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.

Tulloch, J., & Lupton, D. (1997). Television, AIDS, and risk: A cultural studies approach to health communication.  Paul & Company Publishers.

Wallack, L., Dorfman, L., Jernigan, D., & Themba, M. (1993).  Media advocacy and public health.  Newbury Park, CA: Sage.

Willis, W. J., & Okunade, A. (1997).  Reporting on risks: The practice and ethics of health and safety communication.  Westport, CT: Greenwood.

Witte, K., Meyer, G., & Martell, D. P. (2001).  Effective health risk messages: A step-by-step guide.  Thousand Oaks, CA: sage.

 

History of Media:

 

Abramson, A., & Sterling, C. H. (2003). The history of television, 1942 to 2000. Jefferson, NC: McFarland.

Baldasty, G. J. (1992).  The commercialization of news in the nineteenth century.  Madison:  Univ. of Wisconsin Press.

Blanchard, M. A. (Ed.). (1998).  History of the mass media in the United States: An encyclopedia.  Chicago, IL: Fitzroy Dearborn.

Bliss, E. (1991).  Now the news: The story of broadcast journalism.  New York:  Columbia Univ. Press.

Boddy, W. (2004). New media and popular imagination: Launching radio, television, and digital media in the United States. New York: Oxford Univ. Press.

Brasch, W. M., & Ulloth, D. R.(2001).  Social foundations of the mass media. Lanham. MD: University Press of America.

Briggs, A., & Burke, P. (2001).  A social history of the media: From Gutenberg to the Internet.  Malden, MA: Blackwell.

Burke, P., & Briggs, A. (2001).  A short history of the media. Malden, MA:  Polity Press.

Chapman, J. (2005). Comparative media history: An introduction: 1789 to the present. Malden, MA: Malden, MA: Polity Press.

Conboy, M. D. (2002).  The press and popular culture. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.

Cramer, J. M. (2009).  Media, history, society: A cultural history of U.S. media.  Malden, MA: Wiley-Blackwell.

Cutlip, S. (1994). The unseen power: Public relations.  A history.  Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.

Dennis, E. E., & Wartella, E. (Eds.). (1996). American communication research: The remembered history.  Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.

Emery, M., & Emery, E. (1988).  The press and America (6th Ed.). Englewood Cliffs, NJ:  Prentice Hall.

Engelman, R. (1996). Public radio and television in America: A political history.  Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.

Fischer, C. S. (1992). America calling:  A social history of the telephone to 1940.  Berkeley: Univ. of California Press.

Folkerts, J., Teeter, D. L., & Kincaid K.(2001).  Voices of a nation: A history of mass media in the United States. Boston, MA: Allyn & Bacon.

Gitelman, L., & Pingree, G. (Eds.). (2004). New Media, 1740-1915. Cambridge, MA:  MIT Press.

Godfrey, D. G. (Ed.). (1998).  Historical dictionary of American radio.  Westport, CT: Greenwood.

Godfrey, D. G. (Ed.). (2005). Methods of historical analysis in electronic media. Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.

Gorman, L., & McLean, D. (2003). Media and society in the twentieth century: A historical introduction. Malden:  Blackwell Publishers.

Gomery, D. (1992).  Shared pleasures: A history of movie presentation in the United States.  Madison:  Univ. of Wisconsin Press.

Hansen, B. (2009).  Picturing medical progress from Pasteur to polio: A history of mass media images and popular attitudes in America.  Piscataway, NJ: Rutgers Univ. Press.

Hauser, M. D. (1996).  The evolution of communication.  Cambridge, MA:  MIT Press.

Hilmes, M. (2006). Only connect: A cultural history of broadcasting in the United States. Belmont, CA: Wadsworth.

Humphrey, C. S. (1992).  "This popular engine":  New England newspapers during the American Revolution, 1775-1789.  Cranbury, NJ:  Univ. of Delaware Press.

Jackson II, R. L., & Givens, S. M. B. (2006). Black pioneers in communication research. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.

Kitch, C. L. (2005). Pages from the past: History and memory in American magazines. Chapel Hill, NC: University of North Carolina Press.

Lax, S. (2009).  Media and communication technologies: A critical introduction.  New York: Palgrave Macmillan.

Leonard, T. C. (1995).  News for all: America’s coming-of-age with the press.  New York: Oxford Univ. Press.

Levy, L. W. (1985).  Emergence of a free press.  New York:  Oxford Univ. Press.

Littlewood, T. B. (1998). Calling elections: The history of ‘horserace’ journalism. Notre Dame, IN: Univ. of Notre Dame.

Loviglio, J., & Hilmes, M. (Eds.). (2002).  Radio reader: Essays in the cultural history of radio. New York, NY: Routledge.

Luke, C. (1990). Constructing the child viewer: The history of American discourse on TV and children.  Westport CT:  Praeger.

Miller, E. (2002). Emergency broadcasting and 1930s American radio. Philadelphia: Temple Univ. Press.

Mindich, D. (1998). Just the facts: How “objectivity” came to define American journalism. New York: New York Univ. Press.

Nerone, J. (1994). Violence against the press: Policing the public sphere in U.S. history.  New York: Oxford Univ. Press.

Nord, D. P. (2006). Communities of journalism: A history of American newspapers and their readers. Univ. Illinois Press.

Paglin, M. D. (1990). A legislative history of the Communications Act of 1934. New York: Oxford Univ. Press.

Perry, S. D. (2001).  A consolidated history of media. Stamford, CT: Thomson Learning.

Peters, J. D. (1999). Speaking into the air: A history of the idea of communication. Chicago, IL: Univ. of Chicago Press.

Pietilä, V. (2005). On the highway of mass communication studies. Cresskill, NJ: Hampton Press.

Rabinovitz, L., & Geil, A. (Eds.). (2004). Memory bytes: History, technology, and digital culture. Durham, Duke University Press.

Raymond, J. (Ed.). (1999).  News, newspapers, and society in early modern Britain. F. Cass.

Rogers, E. M. (1994). A history of communication study.  New York: Free Press.

Schwarzlose, R. A. (1989).  The nation's newsbrokers.  Vol. I: The formative years, from pretelegraph to 1865.  Evanston, IL: Northwestern Univ.

Sconce, J. (2000).  Haunted media: Electronic presence from telegraphy to television. Durham. NC: Duke University.

Sloan, B. (2001).  I watched a wild hog eat my baby! A colorful history of tabloids and their cultural impact. Amherst, MA: Prometheus Books.

Sloan, W. D. (1989).  American journalism history: An annotated bibliography. Westport, CT: Greenwood Press.

Sloan, W. D., & Startt, J. D. (Eds.). (1999). The media in America: A history. Northport: Vision Press.

Smith, A. (1995).  Television: An international history.  New York: Oxford University Press.

Solomon, W. S., & McChesney, R. W. (Eds.). (1992). Ruthless criticism: New perspectives in U.S. communication history.  Minneapolis:  Univ. Minnesota Press.

Spring, J. (1992). Images of American life: A history of ideological management in schools, movies, radio, and television.  Albany: State Univ. of New York Press.

Squier, S. M. (Ed.). (2003). Communities of the air: Radio century, radio culture. Durham, NC: Duke Univ. Press.

Staiger, J. (1992).  Interpreting film: Studies in the historical reception of American cinema.  Princeton, NJ:  Princeton Univ. Press.

Starr, P. (2004). The creation of the media: The political origins of modern communications. New York: Basic Books.

Startt, J. D., & Sloan, W. D. (1989). Historical methods in mass communication. Hillsdale, NJ:  Erlbaum.

Steitmatter, R. (1998). Mightier than the sword: How the news media have shaped American history. Boulder, CO: Westview Press.

Stephens, M. (1988).  A history of news.  New York:  Viking.

Sterling, C. H., Bernt, P. W., & Weiss, M. B. H. (2006).  Shaping American telecommunications: A history of technology, policy, and economics.  Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.

Tebbel, J., & Zuckerman, M. E. (1991).  The magazine in America, 1741-1990.  New York: Oxford Univ. Press.

Thompson, J. B. (1996). The media and modernity: A social history of the media.  Stanford, CA: Stanford Univ. Press.

Thorburn, D., & Jenkins, H. (Eds.). (2004). Rethinking media change. Cambridge, MA: MIT press.

Winston, B. (1998).  Media technology and society: A history from the telegraph to the Internet.  New York: Routledge.

Wurtzler, S. J. (2009).  Electric sounds: Technological change and the rise of corporate mass media.  New York: Columbia Univ. Press.

Wyver, J. (1989).  Moving image:  An international history of film, television and video. Oxford:  Basil Blackwell.

 

International & Intercultural Communication:

 

Globalization:

Albarran, A. B., & Chan-Olmsted, (Eds.). (1998).  Global media economics: Commercialization, concentration and integration of world media markets. Ames, IA:  Iowa State Univ. Press.

Allen, R. C. (Ed.). (1995).  To be continued: Soap operas and global media cultures.  New York: Routledge.

Bondebjerg, I., & Golding, P. (Eds.). (2004). European culture and the media. Intellect, Limited.

Cantor, P. A., (2001).  Gilligan unbound: Pop culture in the age of globalization. Lanham, MD: Rowman & Littlefield.

Chalaby, J. K. (Ed.). (2005). Transnational television worldwide: Towards a new media order. London: I.B. Tauris.

Cooper-Chen, A. (Ed.). (2005). Global entertainment media: Content, audiences, issues. Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.

Crane, D., Kawashima, N., & Kawasaki, K. (Eds.). (2002).  Global culture: Media, arts, policy, and globalization. New York, NY: Routledge.

Demers, D. (2002).  Global media: Menace or messiah?  Cresskill, NJ: Hampton Press.

Drucker, S. J., & Gumpert, G. (Eds.). (2008).  Heroes in a global world.  Cresskill, NJ: Hampton Press.

Elasmar, M. G. (Ed.). (2003).  The impact of international television. Mahwah, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum.

Ess, C. (Ed.). (2001).  Culture, technology, communication: Towards an intercultural global village. Albany: State Univ. of New York Press.

Hachten, W.A., & Scotton, J. (2006). World news prism: Global information in a satellite age (7th ed.). Malden:  Blackwell Publishers.

Kamalipour, Y. R. (Ed.). (2001).  Global communication. Belmont, CA: Wadsworth.

Golding, P., & Harris, P. (Eds.). (1997).  Beyond cultural imperialism: Globalization, communication, and the new international order.  Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.

Hackett, R.A., & Zhao, Y. (2005). Democratizing global media: One world, many struggles. Lanham, MD: Rowman & Littlefield.

McPhail, T. L. (2002).  Global communication: Theories, stakeholders, and trends.  Boston, MA: Allyn & Bacon.

Mohammadi, A. (Ed.). (1997).  International communication and globalization.  Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.

Morris, N., & Waisbord, S. R. (Eds.). (2001).  Media and Globalization: Why the state matters.  Lanham, MD: Rowman & Littlefield.

Mowlana, H. (1996).  Global communication in transition.  Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.

Olson, S. R. (1999). Hollywood planet: Global media and the competitive advantage of narrative transparency. Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.

Rantanen, T. (2004). The media and globalization. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.

Sakr, N. (2002).  Satellite realms: Transnational television, globalization and the Middle East. London:  I. B.Tauris & Company.

Schiller, D. (1999). Digital capitalism: Networking the global market system. Cambridge, MA:  MIT Press.

Sinclair, J., Jacka, E., & Cunningham, S. (Ed.). (1996).  New patterns in global television: Peripheral vision.  New York: Oxford Univ. Press.

Sreberny-Mohammadi, A., et al. (Eds.). (1997).  Media in global context: A reader.  New York: Oxford University Press.

Straubhaar, J.D. (2007). World television: From global top local. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.

Sussman, G., & Lent, J. A. (Eds.). (1998). Global productions: Labor in the making of the “information society”. Cresskill, NJ: Hampton Press.

Thussu, D. K. (1998). Electronic empires: Global media and local resistance.  New York: Oxford University Press.

Van Ginneken, J. (1998). Understanding global news: A critical introduction.  Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.

Vincent, R. C., Nordenstreng, K., & Traber, M. (Eds.)(1999).  Toward equity in global communication: MacBride update. Cresskill, NJ: Hampton Press.

Wilkin, P., & Thomas, C. (Eds.). (2001).  The political economy of global communication: An introduction.  London: Pluto Press.

Winseck, D.R., & Pike, R.M. (2007). Communication and empire: Media, markets, and globalization, 1860-1930. Dunham, NC: Duke Univ. Press.

 

Interpersonal Communication Across Cultures:

Barnlund, D. C. (1989).  Communicative styles of Japanese and Americans: Images and realities.  Belmont, CA:  Wadsworth.

Borden, G. A. (1991).  Cultural orientation:  An approach to understanding intercultural communication.  Englewood Cliffs, NJ:  Prentice Hall.

Brislin, R., & Yoshida, T. (1994).  Intercultural communication training.  Newbury Park, CA: Sage.

Dodd, C. H. (1991).  Dynamics of intercultural communication.  Dubuque, IA:  Brown & Benchmark.

Gudykunst, W. B., Ting‑Toomey, S., & Chua (1988).  Culture and interpersonal communication.  Newbury Park, CA: Sage.

Gudykunst, W. B., Ting-Toomey, S., & Nishida, T. (Eds.). (1996).  Communication in personal relationships across cultures.  Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.

Guirdham, M. (1999). Communicating across cultures. West Lafayette, IN: Purdue Univ. Press.

Jackson, R. L. (Ed.). (2003). African American communication and identities. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.

Jandt, F. E. (2004). An introduction to intercultural communication (4th ed.). Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.

Kim, M.-S. (2002).  Non-Western perspectives on human communication: Implications for theory and practice. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.

Kim, Y. Y., & Gudykunst, W. B. (1988).  Theories in intercultural communica­tion. Newbury Park, CA: Sage.

Lustig, M. W., & Koester, J. (1993).  Intercultural competence: Interpersonal communication across cultures.  New York: HarperCollins.

Noor Al-Deen, H. S. (Ed.). (1997).  Cross-cultural communication and aging in the United States.  Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.

Pan, Y., Scollon, S. W., & Scollon, R. (2001).  Professional communication in international settings. Malden, MA: Blackwell.

Rogers, E. M., & Steinfatt, T. M. (1998). Intercultural communication. Prospect Heights, IL:  Waveland Press.

Samovar, L. A., & Porter, R. E. (1991). Communication between cultures.  Belmont, CA: Wadsworth.

Samovar L. A., Porter, R. E., & Stefani, L. (1997).  Communication between cultures (3rd ed.).  Belmont, CA: Wadsworth.

Ting-Toomey, S. (1998).  Communicating across cultures.  New York: Guilford Publications.

Ting‑Toomey, S., & Korzenny, F. (1989).  Language, communication and culture. Newbury Park, CA:  Sage.

Ting-Toomey, S., & Korzenny, F. (1991).  Cross-cultural interpersonal communication.  Newbury Park, CA:  Sage.

 

Media in Development:

Casmir, F. L. (1991).  Communication in development.  Norwood, NJ:  Ablex.

Hanson, J., & Narula, U. (1990). New communication technologies in developing countries.  Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.

Hornik, R. C. (1988).  Development communication.  New York:  Longman.

Hudson, H.E. (2006).  From rural village to global village: Telecommunications for development in the information age. Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.

Jefkins, F., & Ugboajah, F. (1986).  Communication in industrialising countries. London:  Macmillan.

Meyer, W. H. (1988).  Transnational media and Third World development.  New York:  Greenwood Press.

Mody, B. (Ed.). (2003). International and development communication. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.

Moemeka, A. A. (Ed.). (1994).  Communicating for development: A new cross-disciplinary perspective.  Albany, NY: State Univ. of New York Press.

Nair, K .S., & White, S. A. (Eds.). (1993).  Perspectives on development communication.  Newbury Park, CA: Sage.

Reeves, G. W. (1993).  Communications and the "Third World".  New York: Routledge.

Richards, M., Thomas, P.,  Nain, Z., & Dervin, B. (Eds.). (2001).  Communication and development: The Freirean connection. Cresskill, NJ: Hampton Press.

Servaes, J. (1999).  Communication for development. Cresskill, NJ: Hampton Press.

Singhal, A., & Rogers, E. M. (1999). Entertainment-education: A communication strategy for social change. Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.

Stevenson, R. L. (1988).  Communication, development, and the Third World. New York:  Longman.

Stevenson, R. L. (2002).  Communication, development and the Third World: The global politics of information. Lanham. MD: University Press of America.

Tehranian, M. (1999).  Global communication and world politics: Domination, development, and discourse.  Boulder, CO: Lynne Rienner Publishers.

White, S. A., Nair, K. S., Ascroft, J. (Eds.). (1994).  Participatory communication: Working for change and development.  Newbury Park, CA: Sage.

Woods, B. (1993).  Communication, technology, and the development of people.  New York: Routledge.

 

Other:

Armes, R. (1987).  Third World film making and the West.  Berkeley:  Univ. Calif. Press.

Asante, M. K., & Gudykunst, W. (1989).  Handbook of international and intercultural communication.  Newbury Park, CA:  Sage.

Banks, S. P. (1995).  Multicultural public relations.  Newbury Park, CA: Sage.

Baran, S., & Wallis, R. (1990).  The known world of broadcast news:  International news and the electronic media.  New York:  Routledge.

Becker, J., & Szecsko, T. (1989).  Europe speaks to Europe.  New York: Pergamon Press.

Blumler, J. G., McLeod, J. M., & Rosengren, K. E. (Eds.). (1992).  Comparatively speaking: Communication and culture across space and time.  Newbury Park , CA: Sage.

Browne, D. R. (1989).  Comparing broadcast systems.  Ames, IA: Iowa State University.

Browne, D. R. (1999). Electronic media and industrialized nations: A comparative study. Ames, IA: Iowa State Univ. Press.

Chen, G.-M., & Starosta, W. (1998).  Foundations of intercultural communication. Boston: Allyn & Bacon.

Cheney, G., & Barnett, G. A. (2004). International and multicultural organizational communication. Cresskill, NJ: Hampton Press.

Chrysos, E. K., & Wood, I. N. (1999). East and West: Modes of communication. Boston, MA: Brill Academic Publishers.

Collier, M. J. (Ed.). (2001).  Transforming communication about culture: Critical new directions. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.

Cooper-Chen, A. (1994).  Games in the global village:  A 50-Nation study of entertainment television.  Bowling Green, OH: Bowling Green State Univ. Press.

Corcoran, F., & Preston, P. (Eds.). (1995).  Democracy and communication in the new Europe: change and continuity in East and West.  Cresskill, NJ: Hampton Press.

Corner, J., & Schlesinger, P. (Eds.). (1998).  International media research: A critical survey.  New York: Routledge.

Curtin, P.A., & Gaither, T.K. (2007). International public relations: Negotiating culture, identity, and power. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.

Cyre, H. W. (1990).  The Third World in film and video, 1984-1990.  Metuchen, NJ: Scarecrow Press.

Dennis, E. E., Gerbner, G., et al. (1991).  Beyond the Cold War: Soviet and American media images.  Newbury Park, CA:  Sage.

DeVries, M. A. (1999). Internationally yours: Writing and communicating successfully in today’s global marketplace. Upland, CA: DIANE Publishing.

Dorman, W. A., & Farhang, M. (1987). The U.S. press and Iran: Foreign policy and the journalism of deference.  Berkeley: Univ. Calif. Press. 

Downing, J. (1996).  Internationalizing media theory.  Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.

Dunnett, P. J. S. (1988).  The world newspaper industry.  New York:  Croom Helm.

Dupagne, M., & Seel, P. B. (1998). High-definition television: A global perspective. Ames, IA: Iowa State Univ. Press.

Edelstein, A. S., Ito, Y., & Kepplinger, H. M. (1989).  Communication and culture.  New York:  Longman.

Euromedia Research Group Staff (1997).  The media in western Europe: The Euromedia handbook.  Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.

Fejes, F. (1986).  Imperialism, media and the good neighbor.  Norwood, NJ: Ablex.

Fortner, R. S. (1993).  International communication: History, conflict, and control of the global metropolis.  Belmont, CA:  Wadsworth.

Fox, E. (Ed.). (1988).  Media and politics in Latin America.  Newbury Park, CA:  Sage.

Frederick, H. H. (1993).  Global communication and international relations.  Belmont, CA: Wadsworth.

Garnham, N. (1990).  Capitalism and communication: Global culture and the economics of information.  Newbury Park, CA: Sage.

Gerbner, G., Mowlana, H., & Nordenstreng, K. (1991). The global media debate:  Its rise, fall and renewal.  Norwood, NJ:  Ablex.

Gerbner, G., Mowlana, H., & Schiller, H. I. (Eds.). (1997).  Invisible crises.  Boulder, CO: Westview.

Gibbons, A. (1985).  Information, ideology and communication.  Lanham, MD: University Press of America.

Giffard, C. A. (1988).  UNESCO and the media.  New York: Longman.

Gross, L. S. (Ed.). (1995).  The international world of electronic media.  New York: McGraw-Hill.

Gudykunst, W. B. (Ed.). (2002).  Handbook of international and intercultural communication (2nd ed.). Thousand oaks, CA: Sage.

Gudykunst, W. B. (Ed.). (2003). Cross-cultural and intercultural communication. Thousand oaks, CA: Sage.

Gudykunst, W.B. (Ed.). (2005). Theorizing about intercultural communication. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.

Hachten, W. A., & Hachten, H. (1993).  The growth of media in the Third World:  African failures, Asian successes.  Ames, IA:  Iowa State Univ. Press.

Hachten, W. A., & Hachten, H. (1996).  The world news prism: Changing media of international communication.  Ames, IA:  Iowa State Univ. Press.

Hafez, K. (Ed.). (2000).  Islam and the West in the mass media: Fragmented images in a globalizing world. Cresskill, NJ: Hampton Press.

Hallin, D.C., & Mancini, P. (2004). Comparing media systems: Three models of media and politics. New York:  Cambridge Univ. Press.

Hess, S. (1996). International news & foreign correspondents.  Washington, DC: Brookings Institute.

Hamelink, C. J. (1994).  The politics of world communication.  Newbury Park, CA: Sage.

Holliday, A., Hyde, M., & Kullman, J. (Eds.). (2004). Intercultural communication: An advanced resource book. New York: Routledge.

Humphreys, P. J. (1990).  Media and media policy in West Germany.  New York: Berg.

Hunt, W. B. (1996).  Getting to war: Predicting international conflict with mass media indicators.  Ann Arbor: Univ. of Michigan.

Jandt, F. E. (1995).  Intercultural communication.  Newbury Park, CA: Sage.

Jussawalla, M., Okuma, T., & Araki, T. (1989).  Information technology and global independence. Westport, CT:  Greenwood Press.

Kamalipour, Y. (1994).  Mass media in the Middle East: A comprehensive handbook.  Westport, CT: Greenwood Press.

Kamalipour, Y. (Ed.). (1997).  The US media and the Middle East: Image and perception.  Westport, CT: Greenwood Press.

Karim, K. H. (2000).  Islamic peril: Media and global violence. Montreal: Black Rose.

Katz, R. L. (1988).  The information society:  An international perspective. New York:  Praeger.

King, S. S., & Cushman, D. P. (Eds.). (1992).  Political communication: Engineering visions of order in the socialist world.  Albany, NY: SUNY Press.

Klopf, D. W.  (1998).  Intercultural encounters: The fundamentals of intercultural communication.  Englewood, CO: Morton.

Korzenny, F. (1990).  Communicating for peace.  Newbury Prak, CA: Sage.

Korzenny, F., & Ting-Toomey, S. (1992).  Mass media effects across cultures.  Newbury Park, CA: Sage.

Lee, C.-C., et al. (2002). Global media spectacle: News war over Hong Kong. Albany, NY: State Univ. of New York Press.

Lent, J. A. (Ed.). (1994). Asian popular culture.  Boulder, CO: Westview.

Leyser, K. (1994).  Communication and power in medieval Europe: The Gregorian revolution and beyond.  Hambledon Press.

Lugo-Ocando, J. (Ed.). (2008).  The media in Latin America.  New York: Open University Press.

Lull, J. (Ed.). (1988).  World families watch television.  Newbury Park, CA: Sage.

Lull, J. (1995). Media, communication, culture: A global approach.  New York: Columbia Univ. Press.

Lull, J. (2000).  Media, communication, culture: A global approach.  (2nd Ed.).  New York: Columbia Univ. Press.

Malek, A. (Ed.). (1997).  News media and foreign policy.  Norwood, NJ:  Ablex.

Martin, J. N., & Nakayama, T. K. (1999). Intercultural communication in contexts. Mountain View, CA: Mayfield Publishing Co.

Martin, L. J., & Hiebert, R. E. (1990).  Current issues in international communication.  White Plains, NY:  Longman.

McAlister, M. (2001). Epic encounters: Culture, Media, and U.S. interests in the Middle East, 1945-2000. Berkeley, CA: University of California Press.

McMillin, D.C. (2006). International media studies. Malden:  Blackwell Publishers.

McPhail, T. L. (2001).  International communication. Paramus, NJ: Prentice Hall.

Mickiewicz, E. (1999).  Changing channels: Television and the struggle for power in Russia. Durham, NC:  Duke Univ. Press.

Naficy, H. (1993).  The making of exile cultures: Iranian television in Los Angeles.  Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press.

Negrine, R. M. (1998).  Parliament and the media: A study of Britain, Germany, and France.  London: Pinter.

Noam. E. (1992). Television in Europe.  New York: Oxford Univ. Press.

Noam, E. M., & Millonzi, J. C. (Eds.). (1991).  The international market in film and television programs.  Norwood, NJ:  Ablex.

Noam, E. M., & Pogorel, G. (Eds.). (1993). Asymmetric deregulation: The dynamics of telecommunications policy in Europe and the U.S.  Norwood, NJ: Ablex.

Nordenstreng, K., & Griffin, M. (Eds.). (1999).  International Media Monitoring. Cresskill, NJ: Hampton Press.

Nordenstreng, K., & Schiller, H. (Eds.). (1993).  Beyond national sovereignty: International communications in the 1990s.  Norwood, NJ: Ablex.

Popkin, J. D. (1995).  Media and revolution: Comparative perspectives.  Univ. of Kentucky Press.

Preston, W., Herman, E. S., & Schiller, H. I. (1989).  Hope and folly: The United States and UNESCO.  Minneapolis:  Univ. of Minnesota Press.

Quester, G. H. (1990).  The international politics of television.  New York:  Free Press.

Robinson, D. C., Buck, E., & Cuthbert, R. (1991).  Music at the margins: Popular music and global cultural diversity.  Newbury Park, CA:  Sage.

Rogers, D. (1995).  Communication: International case studies in English.  New York: St. Martin’s Press.

Rollin, R. (Ed.). (1990). The Americanization of the global village:  Essays in comparative popular culture.  Bowling Green, OH:  Bowling Green Univ. Press.

Ross, K., & Byerly, C.M. (2004). Women and media: International perspectives. Malden:  Blackwell Publishers.

Savage, J. G. (1989). The politics of international telecommunication regulation.  Boulder, CO:  Westview Press.

Schneider, C., & Wallis, B. (1989). Global television.  Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.

Semati, M. (2004). New frontiers in international communication theory. Lanham, MD: Rowman & Littlefield.

Sen, K., & Lee, T. (Eds.). (2008).  Political regimes and the media in Asia.  New York: Routledge.

Skovmand, M., & Schroder, K. (Eds.). (1993).  Media cultures: Reappraising transnational media.  New York: Routledge.

Smith, A. (1995).  Television: An international history.  New York: Oxford University Press.

Sparks, C., & Tulloch, J. (Eds.). (1999). Tabloid tales: Global debates over media standards. Lanham, MD: Rowman & Littlefield.

Sreberny-Mohammadi, A., & Mohammadi, A. (1994).  Communication, culture, and the Iranian revolution.  Minneapolis: Univ. of Minnesota Press.

Sussman, G., & Lent, J. A. (1991).  Transnational communications.  Newbury Park, CA:  Sage.

Tanno, D. V., & Gonzalez, A. (Eds.). (1998).  Communication and identity across cultures.  Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.

Thimm, A. L. (1992).  America's stake in European telecommunication.  Westport, CT: Quorum Books.

Thussu, D. K. (2000).  International communication: A critical introduction.  New York: Oxford Univ. Press.

Thussu, D. K. (2001).  International communication: Continuity and change.  New York: Oxford Univ. Press.

Thussu, D. K. (Eds.). (2009).  International communication: A reader.  New York: Routledge.

Tunstall, J., & Machin, D. (2000).  The Anglo-American media connection.  New York: Oxford Univ. Press.

Tunstall, J. (2007). The media were American: U.S. media in decline. New York: Oxford Univ. Press.

Ward, D. (Ed.). (2006). Television and public policy: Change and continuity in an era of global liberalization. Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.

Wark, M. (1994). Virtual geography: Living with global media events.  Bloomington: Indiana University Press.

Wasburn, P. C. (1992).  Broadcasting propaganda: International radio broadcasting and the construction of political authority.  Westport, CT: Praeger.

Wasburn, P. C. (2002). The social construction of international news: We’re talking about them, they’re talking about us. Westport, CT: Praeger.

Williams, K. (2008). European media studies. London: Hodder Arnold.

Wiseman, R. (Ed.). (1995). Intercultural communication theory.  Newbury Park, CA: Sage.

Zaremba, A. J. (1988).  Mass communication and international politics. Salem, WN: Sheffield Publishing Co.

Zayani, M. (Ed.). (2005). The Al Jazeera phenomenon: Critical perspectives on new Arab media. Boulder, CO: Paradigm Publishers.

 

Interpersonal Communication:

 

Communicating in the Workplace:

Adler, R. B. (1989).  Communicating at work (3rd ed.).  New York:  Random House.

Fast, J. (1994).  Body language in the workplace.  New York: Penguin.

Hawkins, P. J. (1999). Powerful conversations: How high impact leaders communicate. New York: McGraw-Hill.

Kelly, L., Lederman, L., & Phillips, G. (1989). Communicating in the workplace.  New York: Harper & Row.

Kerr, C., & Sweeney, J. (1998). “When I say this…” “Do you mean that?”: Enhancing on-the-Job communication skills.  ExecuProv.

Lazega, E. (1992). The micropolitics of knowledge: Communication and indirect control in workgroups.  Hawthorne, NY: Aldine de Gruyter.

Pazol, L. (1990). The war within: Making a science of communication in America's success system.  Portland, OR: Metamorphous Press.

Sias, P. M. (2009).  Organizing relationships: Traditional and emerging perspectives on workplace relationships.  Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.

Tannen, D. (1994).  Words at work.  New York: William Morrow & Company.

 

Communication Apprehension:

Ayres, J., & Hopf, T. (1993).  Coping with speech anxiety.  Norwood, NJ: Ablex.

Daly, J. A., & McCroskey, J. C. (1984).  Avoiding communication.  Newbury Park, CA: Sage.

Daly, J. A., McCroskey, J. C., et al. (Eds.). (1997).  Avoiding communication: Shyness, reticence and communication apprehension. Cresskill, NJ: Hampton Press.

 

Conflict & Communication:

Cahn, D. D. (1990).  Intimates in conflict.  Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.

Donohue, W. A., & Kolt, R. (1992). Managing interpersonal conflict.  Newbury Park, CA: Sage.

Duck, S., & Wood, J. T. (Eds.). (1995).  Confronting relationship challenges.  Newbury Park, CA: Sage.

Ehrlich, L. G. (2000).  Fatal words and friendly faces: Interpersonal communication in the twenty-first century. Lanham, MD:  University Press of America.

Gudykunst, W. B. (1998). Bridging differences: Effective intergroup communication (3rd Ed.).  Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.

Hocker, J. L., & Wilmot, W. (1991).  Interpersonal conflict.  Dubuque, IA:  Brown & Benchmark.

Ting-Toomey, S., & Oetzel, J. G. (Eds.). (2006). The Sage handbook of conflict communication. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.

 

Gender & Communication:

Arliss, L. P. (1991).  Gender communication.  Englewood Cliffs, NJ:  Prentice Hall.

Bate, B. (1988).  Communication and the sexes.  New York:  Harper & Row.

Berryman-Fink, C., Ballard-Reisch, D., & Newman, L. (Eds.). (1993).  Communication and sex-role socialization.  New York: Garland Publishing.

Canary, D. J., & Dindia, K. (Eds.). (1997).  Sex differences and similarities in communication.  Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.

Crawford, M. (1995).  Talking difference: On gender and language.  Newbury Park, CA: Sage.

Eckert, P., & McConnell-Ginet, S. (2003). Language and gender. New York: Cambridge Univ. Press.

Glass, L. (1993).  He says, she says: Closing the communication gap between the sexes.  Berkeley Publishing.

Hopper, R. (2003). Gendering talk. East Lansing, MI: Michigan State Univ. Press.

Ivy, D. K., & Backlund, P. (1993).  Exploring genderspeak: Personal effectiveness in gender communication.  New York: McGraw-Hill.

Pearson, J., & Turner, L. H. (1991).  Gender and communication.  Dubuque, IA:  Brown & Benchmark.

Reardon, K. K. (1995).  They don’t get it, do they: Closing the communication gap between women and men.  Boston, MA: Little, Brown, & Co.

Romaine, S. (1998).  Communicating gender.  Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.

Schloff, L., & Yudkin, M. (1993).  He and she talk: Communicating with the opposite sex.  New York: Plume.

Stewart, L. P., Stewart, A. D., Friendley, S. A., et al. (1990).  Communication between the sexes.  Scottsdale, AZ:  GSP.

Tannen, D. (Ed.). (1993).  Gender and conversational interaction.  New York: Oxford Univ. Press.

Wood, J. T. (1994).  Gendered lives: Communication, gender, and culture.  Belmont, CA:  Wadsworth.

 

Family Communication:

Fitzpatrick, M. A. (1988).  Between husbands and wives:  Communication in marriage.  Newbury Park, CA:  Sage.

Fitzpatrick, M. A., & Vagelisti, A. L. (Eds.). (1995).  Perspectives on family communication.  Newbury Park, CA: Sage.

Pearson, J. C. (1989).  Communication in the family.  New York:  Harper & Row.

Segrin, C., & Flora, J. (2005). Family communication. Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.

Socha, T. J., & Diggs, R. C. (Eds.). (1999). Communication, race, and family: Exploring communication in Black, White, and biracial families. Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.

Vangelisti, A.L. (Ed.). (2004). Handbook of family communication. Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.

Yerby, J., Buerkel‑Rothfuss, & Bochner, A. (1990).  Understanding family communication. Scottsdale, AZ: GSP.

 

Nonverbal Communication:

Andersen, P. A. (1998).  Nonverbal communication: Forms and functions.  Mountain View, CA: Mayfield Publishing Co.

Burgoon, J. K.,  Butler, D. B., & Woodall, W. (1989).  Nonverbal communica­tion.  New York: Harper & Row.

Cole, J. (1997).  About face. Cambridge, MA:  MIT Press.

DeVito, J. A. (1989).  The nonverbal communication workbook.  Prospect Heights, IL: Waveland Press.

Ekman, P., & Rosenberg, E. (Eds.). (1997). What the face reveals. New York: Oxford Univ. Press.

Fast, J. (1994).  Body language in the workplace.  London: Penguin.

Feyereisen, P., & de Lannoy, J. (1991).  Gesture and speech.  New York:  Cambridge Univ. Press.

Guerrero, L.K., & Floyd, K. (2006). Nonverbal communication in close relationships. Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.

Hendry, J., & Watson, C. W. (Ed.). (2001).  An anthropology of indirect communication. New York, NY: Routledge.

Hickson, M. L., & Stacks, D. W. (1989).  NVC:  Nonverbal communication, studies and applications (2nd ed.).  Dubuque, IA:  Wm. C. Brown.

Hickson, M. L., & Stacks, D. W. (1999).  Nonverbal communication: Studies and applications (3rd ed.).  Los Angeles, CA: Roxbury Publishing.

Jaworski, A. (1992).  The power of silence.  Newbury Park, CA: Sage.

Josipovici, G. (1996). Touch.  New Haven, CT: Yale Univ. Press.

Knapp, M. L., & Hall, J. A. (1992).  Nonverbal communication in human interaction (3rd ed.).  Fort Worth, TX: Harcourt Brace Jovanovitch.

Leathers, D. (1997).  Successful nonverbal communication: Principles and applications. Boston: Allyn & Bacon.

Lewis, H. (1998).  Body language: A guide for professionals.  Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.

Richmond, V. P., & McCroskey, J. (1991).  Nonverbal communication in interpersonal relations.  Englewood Cliffs, NJ:  Prentice Hall.

Rubinstein, R. P. (1994). Dress codes: Meanings and messages in American culture.  Boulder, CO: Westview.

Segerstråle, U., & Molnár, P. (Eds.). (1996).  Nonverbal communication: Where nature meets culture.  Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.

Wise, R. (1997).  More can’t wait to communicate!  Fun activities that shape nonverbal communication.  Bisbee, AZ: Imaginart Press.

 

Persuasion in Communication:

Bedell, G. (2002).  3 steps to yes: The gentle art of getting your way. New York, NY: Harmony Books.

Brock, T. C., & Green, M. C. (Eds.). (2005). Persuasion: Psychological insights and perspectives. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.

Dillard, J. P. (1990).  Seeking compliance:  The production of interpersonal influence messages.  Scottsdale, AZ:  Gorsuch Scarisbrick.

Dillard, J. P., & Pfau, M. (2002).  The persuasion handbook: Developments in theory and practice. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.

Gass, R. H., & Seiter, J. S. (2003).  Persuasion, social influence, and compliance gaining (2nd ed.). Boston, MA: Allyn & Bacon.

Larson, C. U. (1989).  Persuasion (5th ed.).  Belmont, CA:  Wadsworth.

Mulholland, J. (1994).  Handbook of persuasive tactics: A handbook of strategies for influencing others through communication.  New York: Routledge.

Ng, S. H., & Bradac, J. J. (1993).  Power in language.  Newbury Park, CA: Sage.

O’Keefe, D. J. (2002).  Persuasion: Theory and research (2nd ed.). Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.

Perloff, R. M. (1993).  The dynamics of persuasion.  Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.

Perloff, R. M. (2003).  The dynamics of persuasion (2nd ed.). Mahwah, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum.

Reardon, K. K. (1991).  Persuasion in practice.  Newbury Park, CA: Sage.

Rogers, W. (2006). Persuasion: Messages, receivers, and contexts. Lanham, MD: Rowman & Littlefield.

Rushkoff, D. (1999). Coercion: Why we listen to what “they” say. New York: St. Martin’s Press.

Simons, H. (2001).  Persuasion in society. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.

Weimann, G. (1994).  The influentials: People who influence people.  Albany, NY: State Univ. of New York Press.

Williams, M. R., & Cooper, M. D. (2001).  Power persuasion: Moving an ancient art into the media age (rev. ed.).  Westport, CT: Greenwood.

Wilson, S. R. (2002).  Seeking and resisting compliance: Why people say what they do when trying to influence others. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.

 

Race in Communication:

Duncan, V. (1998).  Toward achieving maat: Communication patterns in African Americans. Dubuque, IA:  Kendall/Hunt.

Hecht, M. L., Collier, M. J., & Ribeau, S. (1993).  African American communication.  Newbury Park, CA: Sage.

Socha, T. J., & Diggs, R. C. (Eds.). (1999). Communication, race, and family: Exploring communication in Black, White, and biracial families. Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.

 

Other:

Ailes, R., & Kraushar, J. (1986).  You are the message:  Secrets of the master communicator.  New York: Doubleday.

Allen, M., Preiss, R. W., Gayle, B. M., & Burrell, N. (Eds.)(2002).  Interpersonal communication research: Advances through meta-analysis.  Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.

Bavelas, J. B., Black, A., et al. (1990).  Equivocal communication.  Newbury Park, CA:  Sage.

Baxter, L.A., & Braithwaite, D.O. (Eds.). (2008).  Engaging theories in interpersonal communication: Multiple perspectives. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.

Bostrom, R. N. (1990).  Listening behavior.  New York:  Guilford Pub.

Brown, G. (1995).  Speakers, listeners and communications: Explorations in discourse analysis.  New York: Cambridge Univ. Press.

Canary, D. J., Cody, M. J., & Manusov, V. L. (2000). Interpersonal communication: A goal-based approach. New York: Bedford/St. Martin’s Press.

Canary, D. J., & Dainton, M. (Eds.). (2002).  Maintaining relationships through communication: Relational, contextual, and cultural variations. Mahwah, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum.

Carbaugh, D. (1996).  Situating selves: The communication of social identities in American scenes.  Albany: State Univ. of New York Press.

Carmichael, C. W.,  Botan, C. H., & Hawkins, R. (1988).  Human communication and the aging process.  Prospect Heights, IL:  Waveland Press.

Clark, R. A. (1990).  Studying interpersonal communication.  Newbury Park, CA:  Sage. 

Dahnke, G., & Clatterbuck, G. (1990). Human communication: Theory and research. Belmont, CA:  Wadsworth Publishing.

Dailey, R.M., & Le Poire, B.A. (Eds.). (2006). Applied interpersonal communication matters. New York: Peter Lang Publishing.

Duck, S. (Ed.). (1988).  Handbook of personal relationships.  New York: John Wiley.

Duck, S. (1994).  Meaningful relationships: Talking, sense, and relating.  Newbury Park, CA: Sage.

Duck, S., & McMahan, D. T. (2009).  The basics of communication: A relational perspective. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.

Duck, S., & Wood, J. T. (Eds.). (1995).  Confronting relationship challenges.  Newbury Park, CA: Sage.

Fisher, B. A. (1987).  Interpersonal communication:  Pragmatics of human relationships.  New Yew:  Random House.

Fussell, S. R. (Ed.). (2002).  The verbal communication of emotions: Interdisciplinary perspectives. Mahwah, NJ:  Lawrence Erlbaum.

Goss, B. (1989).  The psychology of human communication.  Prospect Heights, IL: Waveland Press.

Grove, T. G. (1991). Dyadic interaction: Choice and change in conversations and relationships. Dubuque, IA: Brown & Benchmark.

Fussell, S. R., & Kreuz, R. J. (Eds.). (1998). Social and cognitive approaches to interpersonal communication. Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.

Givon, T. (Ed.). (1997).  Conversation: Cognitive, communicative and social perspectives.  Philadelphia, PA: John Benjamins.

Greene, J. O., & Burleson, B. R. (Eds.). (2003).  Handbook of communication and social interaction skills. Mahwah, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum.

Hemmert, A., & O’Connell, G. (1998).  Communicating on campus: Skills for academic speaking.  Burlingame, CA: Alta Book Center.

Hendrick, C. (Ed.). (1989).  Close relationships.  Newbury Park, CA: Sage.

Hummert, M. L., Wiemann, J. M., & Nussbaum, J. F. (Eds.). (1994).  Interpersonal communication in older adulthood.  Newbury Park, CA: Sage.

Kim, M.-S. (2002).  Non-Western perspectives on human communication: Implications for theory and practice. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.

King, S. S. (1989).  Human communication as a field of study.  Albany, NY: State Univ. of New York Press.

Knapp, M., & Miller, G. (Eds.). (1994).  Handbook of interpersonal communication (2nd ed.).  Newbury Park, CA: Sage.

Konijn, B., Utz, S., Tanis, M., & Barnes, S. B. (Eds.). (2008).  Mediated interpersonal communication.  New York: Routledge.

McCroskey, J. C., & Daly, J. A. (1987).  Personality and interpersonal commu­nication. Newbury Park, CA: Sage.

McCroskey, J. C., & Daly, J. A., & Martin, M. M. (Eds.). (1998).  Communication and personality: Trait perspectives. Cresskill, NJ: Hampton Press.

Miller, G. R., & Stiff, J. B. (1993).  Deceptive communication.  Newbury Park, CA: Sage.

Montgomery, B. M., & Duck, S. (1991).  Studying interpersonal interaction.  New York: Guilford Publications.

Nance, J. (2001).  Conquering deception.  Kansas City, MO: Irvin-Benham Group.

Petronio, S (Ed.). (1999). Balancing the secrets of private disclosures. Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.

Pittam, J. (1994).  Voice in social interaction.  Newbury Park, CA: Sage.

Putnam, L. L., & Roloff, M. (1992).  Communication and negotiation.  Newbury Park, CA: Sage.

Rawlins, W. K. (1992).  Friendship matters: Communication, dialectics, and the life course.  Hawthorne, NY:  Aldine de Gruyter.

Roloff, M. E., & Miller, G. R. (1987). Interpersonal processes:  New directions in communications research.  Beverly Hills, CA: Sage.

Rubin, R. B., & Nevins, R. J. (1988).  The road trip:  An interpersonal adventure.  Prospect Heights, IL:  Waveland Press.

Smith, S. W., & Wilson, S. (2009).  New directions in interpersonal communication research.  Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.

Spitzberg, B.H., & Cupach, W.R. (Eds.). (2007). The dark side of interpersonal communication. Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.

Stewart, J., & D`Angelo, G. (1988).  Together:  Communicating interpersonally (3rd ed.). Random House.

Tardy, C. H. (1988).  A handbook for the study of human communication.  Norwood, NJ: Ablex.

Tracy, K. (2002). Everyday talk: Building and reflecting identities. New York: Guilford.

Trenholm, S. (1991). Human communication theory.  Englewood Cliffs, NJ:  Prentice Hall.

Trenholm, S., & Jensen, A. (1988).  Interpersonal communication.  Belmont, CA: Wadsworth.

Wilson, G. L., Hantz, A. M., & Hanna, M. (1989). Interpersonal growth through communication (2nd ed.).  Dubuque, IA:  Wm. C. Brown.

Wolvin, A. D., & Coakley, C..G. (Eds.). (1993).  Perspectives on listening.  Norwood, NJ: Ablex.

Wubbels, T., & Levy, J. (1993).  Do you know what you look like?  Interpersonal relationships in education.  New York: Falmer Press.

 

Jobs in Media Industries:

 

Alexander, J. P. (1995).  Internship in communications.  Ames, IA: Iowa State Univ. Press.

Camenson, B. (1995).  Great jobs for communications majors.  Lincolnwood, IL: VGM Career Horizons.

Gross, L. S. (1988).  The internship experience.  Prospect Heights, IL: Waveland Press.

Hollingsworth, M. (2005). How to get into television, radio and new media. New York: Continuum.

Jurek, K. (1989).  Careers in video.  White Plains, NY:  Knowledge Industry Publications.

Jurek, K. (1998).  Careers in communications.  Oxford: Butterworth-Heinemann.

Laskin, D. (1986).  Getting into advertising.  New York: Ballantine.

Mogel, L. (1988).  Making it in the media professions.  Chester, CT:  The Globe Pequot Press.

Mogel, L. (1998). Creating your career in communications and entertainment. Sewickley: Graphic Arts Technical Foundation (GATF).

Noronha, S. E. R. (1991). Careers in communications.  Lincolnwood, IL:  NTC Publishing Group.

Seguin, J. (2002).  Media career guide: Preparing for jobs in the 21st century.  Boston, MA: Bedford/St. Martin’s.

Shepherd, A. (Ed.). (1997). Working in the media (2nd ed.).  London: Kogan Page.

Smith, L. R., & Grisolia, Y. (1994).  Communications for careers.  Englewood Cliffs, NJ:  Prentice Hall.

Staff, B. P. (Ed.). (2005). The graphic designer’s guide to effective visual communication: Creating hierarchies with type, image, and color. East Sussex, England: RotoVision SA.

The Editors of VGM Career Horizons (1991).  Resumes for communications careers. Lincolnwood, IL:  NTC Publishing Group.

 

Journalism:

 

Design:

Ames, S. E. (1989).  Elements of newspaper design.  Westport, CT: Praeger.

Coll, G. (2001).  Graphic communication: Applying principles.  Paramus, NJ: Prentice Hall.

Faigley, L. George, D., Palchik, A., & Selfe, C. (2005). Picturing texts. New York, NY: Norton & Co.

Garcia, M. R., & Fry, D. (1989).  Color in American newspapers. St. Petersburg, FL: The Poynter Institute.

Hoffman, E. K., & Teeple, J. (1990). Computer graphic applications:  An introduc­tion to desktop publishing and design.  Belmont, CA: Wadsworth.

Lichty, T. (1994).  Design principles for desktop publishers (2nd ed.).  Prospect Heights, IL:  Waveland Press.

Moen, D. R. (2000).  Newspaper layout and design: A team approach (4th ed.). Ames, IA:  Iowa State Univ. Press.

 

Ethics in Journalism:

Bivins, T. H.  (2003).  Mixed media: Moral distinctions in advertising, public relations, and journalism. Mahwah, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum.

Borden, D. L., & Harvey, K. (Eds.). (1997).  The electronic grapevine: Rumor, reputation and reporting in the new on-line environment.  Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.

Christians, C. G. (1993).  Good news: Social ethics and the press.  New York:  Oxford Univ. Press.

Goodwin, G., & Smith, R. F. (1994).  Groping for ethics in journalism.  Ames, IA:  Iowa State Univ. Press.

Hausman, C. (1992).  Crisis of conscience: Perspectives on journalism ethics.  New York: Harper Collins.

LaMay, C. L. (Ed.). (2003). Journalism and the debate over privacy. Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.

Olen, J. (1988).  Ethics in journalism.  Englewood Cliffs, NJ:  Prentice Hall.

 

History:

Baldasty, G. J. (1992),  The commercialization of news in the nineteenth century.  Madison:  Univ. of Wisconsin Press.

Blanchard, M. A. (Ed.). (1998).  History of the mass media in the United States: An encyclopedia.  Chicago, IL: Fitzroy Dearborn.

Bliss, E. (1991).  Now the news: The story of broadcast journalism.  New York:  Columbia Univ. Press.

Brasch, W. M., & Ulloth, D. R.(2001).  Social foundations of the mass media. Lanham. MD: University Press of America.

Briggs, A., & Burke, P. (2001).  A social history of the media: From Gutenberg to the Internet.  Malden, MA: Blackwell.

Burke, P., & Briggs, A. (2001).  A short history of the media. Malden, MA:  Polity Press.

Conboy, M. D. (2002).  The press and popular culture. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.

Emery, M., & Emery, E. (1988).  The press and America (6th ed.). Englewood Cliffs, NJ:  Prentice Hall.

Folkerts, J., Teeter, D. L., & Kincaid K.(2001).  Voices of a nation: A history of mass media in the United States. Boston, MA: Allyn & Bacon.

Godfrey, D. G. (Ed.). (1998).  Historical dictionary of American radio.  Westport, CT: Greenwood.

Hauser, M. D. (1996).  The evolution of communication.  Cambridge, MA:  MIT Press.

Humphrey, C. S. (1992).  "This popular engine":  New England newspapers during the American Revolution, 1775-1789.  Cranbury, NJ:  Univ. of Delaware Press.

Leonard, T. C. (1995).  News for all: America’s coming-of-age with the press.  New York: Oxford Univ. Press.

Levy, L. W. (1985).  Emergence of a free press.  New York:  Oxford Univ. Press.

Mindich, D. (1998). Just the facts: How “objectivity” came to define American journalism. New York: New York Univ. Press.

Perry, S. D. (2001).  A consolidated history of media. Stamford, CT: Thomson Learning.

Raymond, J. (Ed.). (1999).  News, newspapers, and society in early modern Britain. F. Cass.

Schwarzlose, R. A. (1989).  The nation's newsbrokers.  Vol. I: The formative years, from pretelegraph to 1865.  Evanston, IL: Northwestern Univ.

Sconce, J. (2000).  Haunted media: Electronic presence from telegraphy to television. Durham. NC: Duke University.

Sinclair, U. (2003). Brass check: A study of American journalism (Reprint of a 1920 book). Urbana, IL: University of Illinois Press.

Sloan, W. D. (1989).  American journalism history: An annotated bibliography. Westport, CT: Greenwood Press.

Stephens, M. (1988).  A history of news.  New York:  Viking.

Steitmatter, R. (1998). Mightier than the sword: How the news media have shaped American history. Boulder, CO: Westview Press.

Tebbel, J., & Zuckerman, M. E. (1991).  The magazine in America, 1741-1990.  New York: Oxford Univ. Press.

Winston, B. (1998).  Media technology and society: A history from the telegraph to the Internet.  New York: Routledge.

 

News & News Sources:

Bennett, W. L. (1996).  News, the politics of illusion  (3rd ed.).  White Plains, NY: Longman. 

Bennett, W.L., Lawrence, R.G., & Livingston, S. (2007). When the press fails: Political power and the news media from Iraq to Katrina. Chicago, IL: Univ. Chicago Press.

Benson, R., & Neveu, E. (Eds.). (2005). Bourdieu and journalistic field. Malden, MA: Malden, MA: Polity Press.

Berkowitz, D. A. (Ed.). (1997).  Social meaning of news: A text-reader.  Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.

Black, J. (Ed.). (1997).  Mixed news: The public/civic/communitarian debate.  Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.

Callaghan, K., & Schnell, F. (Eds.). (2005).  Framing American politics.  Pittsburgh, PA: University of Pittsburg Press.

Carter, C. (1998).  News, gender, and power.  New York: Routledge.

Cohen, A., & Adoni, H. (1990).  Social conflict and television news. Newbury Park, CA:  Sage.

Cottle, S. (1993).  TV news, urban conflict and the inner city.  New York: St. Martin’s Press.

Cottle, S. (Ed.). (2003). News, public relations and power. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.

Cottle, S. (Ed.). (2003). Media organization and production. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.

Croteau, D., & Hoynes, W. (1994).  By invitation only: How the media limit political debate.  Monroe, ME: Common Courage.

Edwards, D., & Cromwell, D. (2006). Guardians of power: The myth of the liberal media. London: Pluto Press.

Eldridge, J. (Ed.). (1993).  Getting the message: News, truth, and power.  New York: Routledge.

Ericson, R. V., Baranek, P. M., & Chan, J. (1989).  Negotiating control:  A study of news sources.  Toronto: Univ. of Toronto Press.

Fishman, M. (1988).  Manufacturing the news.  Austin, TX:  Univ. Texas Press.

Franklin, B., & Murphy, D. (1998). Making the local news: Sources and resources for local journalism.  New York: Routledge.

Gans, H. J. (2005). Deciding what’s news: A study of CBS Evening News, NBC Nightly News, Newsweek, and Time.  Evanston, IL: Northwestern Univ. Press.

Garcia, M. R., & Stark, P. (1991). Eye on the news.  St. Petersburg, FL:  The Poynter Institute.

Garrison, B., & Sabljak, M. (1993).  Sports reporting.  Ames, IA:  Iowa State Univ. Press.

Gaunt, P. (1990).  Choosing the news.  Westport, CT:  Greenwood.

Goldman, R., & Rajagopal, A. (1991).  Mapping hegemony:  Television news coverage of industrial conflict.  Norwood, NJ:  Ablex.

Gunter, B. (1987).  Poor reception:  Misunderstanding and forgetting broadcast news.  Hillsdale, NJ:  Erlbaum.

Harper, C. (1998). And that’s the way it will be: News and information in a digital world. New York: New York Univ. Press.

Izard, R. S., Culberston, H. M., & Lambert, D. A. (1990).  Fundamentals of news reporting. Dubuque, IA:  Kendall/Hunt.

Koch, T. (1990).  The news as myth.  Westport, CT:  Greenwood Press.

Kuypers, J. A. (2002).  Press bias and politics: How the media frame controversial issues. Westport, CT: Praeger.

Langer, J. (1997).  Tabloid television: Popular journalism and the other news. New York:  Routledge.

Lee, M. A., & Solomon, N. (1990). Unreliable sources: A guide to detecting bias in news media. New York: Carol Publishing Group.

Manning, P.l (2001).  News and news sources: A critical introduction.  Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.

Manoff, R. K., & Schudson, M. (1987).  Reading the news.  New York: Pantheon Books.

Marlane, J. (1999). Women in television news revisited. Austin: Univ. of Texas Press.

Mayer, M. (1993).  Making news.  Cambridge, MA: Harvard Business School Press.

McIntyre, B. T. (1991).  Advanced newsgathering.  Westport, CT: Praeger.

Phillips, P., & Schechter, D. (1998).  Censored 1998: The news that didn’t make the news.  New York: Seven Stories Press.

Philo, G., & Berry, M. (2004). Bad news from Israel. London: Pluto Press.

Postman, N., & Powers, S. (1992).  How to watch TV news.  New York: Penguin.

Potter, G. W., Kappeler, V. E. (1998). Constructing crime: Perspectives on making news and social problems. Prospect Heights, IL:  Waveland Press.

Project Censored Staff (1999). The progressive guide to alternative media and investigating news.  New York: Seven Stories Press.

Rachlin, A. (1988).  News as hegemonic reality.  New York:  Praeger.

Rivers, C. (1996).  Slick spins and fractured facts: How cultural myths distort the news.  New York: Columbia Univ. Press.

Schechter, D., McChesney, R. W., & Browne, J. (1999).  The more you watch, the less you know: News wars: (Sub)merged hopes/media adventures.  New York: Seven Stories Press.

Schudson, M. (1996).  The power of news.  Cambridge: Harvard Univ. Press.

Scollon, R. (1998).  Mediated discourse in social interaction: A study of news discourse. White Plains, NY: Longman.

Seib, P. (1996).  Headline diplomacy: How news coverage affects foreign policy.  Westport, CT: Praeger.

Shoemaker, P. J., & Cohen, A. A. (2005). News around the world: Content, practitioners, and the public. New York, NY: Routledge.

Solomon, N. (1999).  The habits of highly deceptive media: Decoding the spin and lies in mainstream news. Monroe:  Common Courage Press

Stephens, M. (1998).  The rise of the image, the fall of the word.  New York: Oxford Univ. Press.

Thorn, W. J. (1987).  Newspaper circulation.  New York:  Longman.

van Dijk, T. A. (1988).  News analysis:  Case studies of international and national news.  Hillsdale, NJ:  Erlbaum.

van Dijk, T. A. (1988).  News as discourse.  Hillsdale, NJ:  Erlbaum.

Van Ginneken, J. (1998).  Understanding global news: A critical introduction.  Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.

Wolcott, J. (2004). Attack poodles and other media mutants: The looting of the news in a time of terror. Miramax Books.

Yoakam, R. D., & Cremer, C. (1988).  ENG:  Television news and new technology (2nd ed.).  Carbondale, IL:  Southern Illinois Univ. Press.

 

Science Coverage in the News:

Friedman, S. M., Dunwoody, S., & Rogers, C. L. (Eds.). (1999).  Communicating uncertainty: Media coverage of new and controversial science.  Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.

Holliman, R., Whitelegg, E., Scanlon, E., Smidt, S., & Thomas, J. (Eds.). (2009).  Investigating science communication in the information age: Implications for public engagement and popular media.  New York: Oxford Univ. Press.

Nelkin, D. (1995).  Selling science: How the press covers science and technology.  New York: W.H. Freeman & Co.

Wilson, A. (Ed.). (1998).  Handbook of science communication.  Philadelphia, PA: Institute of Physics Pub.

 

War Coverage in the Media:

Baum, M. A. (2003). Soft news goes to war: Public opinion and American foreign policy in the new media age. Princeton, NJ: Princeton Univ. Press.

Carruthers, S. (2000).  Media at war: Communication and conflict in the twentieth century. New York:  St. Martin's Press.

Denton, R. E. (Ed.). (1993).  The media and the Persian Gulf war.  Westport, CT: Praeger.

Hunt, W. B. (1996).  Getting to war: Predicting international conflict with mass media indicators.  Ann Arbor: Univ. of Michigan.

Kellner, D. (1992).  The Persian Gulf TV war.  Boulder, CO:  Westview Press.

Lewis, J., Brookes, R., Mosdell, N., & Threadgold, T. (2005). Shoot first and ask questions later: Media coverage of the 2003 Iraq War. New York, NY: Peter Lang.

MacArthur, J. R. (1992). Second front: Censorship and propaganda in the Gulf War.  Berkeley: University of California Press.

Mermin, J. (1999). Debating war & peace: Media coverage of U.S. interventions in the post-Vietnam era. Princeton, NJ: Princeton Univ. Press.

Mowlana, H., Gerbner, G., & Schiller, H. (1992).  Triumph of the image:  The media's war in the Persian Gulf: A global perspective.  Boulder, CO: Westview Press.

Philo, G. (Ed.). (1995). Glasgow Media Group Reader:  Vol. 2: Industry, economy, war and politics.  New York: Routledge.

Roach, C. (Ed.). (1993). Communication and culture in war and peace.  Newbury Park, CA: Sage.

Smith, J. A. (1999). War and press freedom: The problem of prerogative power. New York: Oxford Univ. Press.

Taylor, P. M. (1992). War and the media:  Propaganda and persuasion in the Gulf War.  New York: St. Martin's Press.

Thussu, D. K., & Freedman, D. (Eds.). (2003). War and the media: Reporting conflict 24/7. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.

Tumber, H., & Palmer, J. (2004). Media at war: The Iraq crisis. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.

Zelizer, B., & Allan, S. (Eds.) (2002).  Journalism after September 11. New York, NY: Routledge.

 

Other:

Abrahamson, D. (Ed.). (1995).  The American magazine: Research perspectives and prospects.  Ames, IA: Iowa State Univ. Press.

Bennett, L. (2003).  News: The politics of illusion (5th ed.). New York: Longman.

Borjesson, K. (Ed.). (2002).  Into the buzzsaw: Leading journalists expose the myth of a free press. Amherst, MA: Prometheus Books.

Brooks, B. S., Moen, D. R., Ranly, D., & Kennedy, G. (1999). News reporting and writing.  New York: Bedford/St. Martin’s Press.

Campbell, C. P. (1995).  Race, myth, and the news.  Newbury Park, CA: Sage.

Carroll, V. M. (1997).  Writing news for television. Ames, IA:  Iowa State Univ. Press.

Cates, J. A. (1990).  Journalism:  A guide to the reference literature.  Englewood, CO: Libraries Unlimited.

Cohen, E. D. (1992).  Philosophical issues in journalism.  New York: Oxford Univ. Press.

Compton, J.R. (2004). The integrated news spectacle: A political economy of cultural performance. New York: P. Lang.

Cook, T. E. (1998).  Covering with the news.  Chicago: University of Chicago Press.

Dahlgren, P., & Sparks, C. (1992).  Journalism and popular culture.  Newbury Park, CA: Sage.

Daly, C. P. (1997). Magazine publishing industry.  Boston, MA: Allyn & Bacon.

DeFleur, M. H. (1997).  Computer-assisted investigative reporting. Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.

Demers, D. P. (1996).  The menace of the corporate newspaper: Fact or fiction.  Ames, IA:  Iowa State Univ. Press.

DeWerth-Pallmeyer, D. (1996).  The audience in the news.  Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.

Donahue, H. C. (1989).  The battle to control broadcast news.  Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.

Downie, L., & Kaiser, R. G. (2002). The news about the news: American journalism in peril. New York: Knopf.

Esslin, M. (1987).  Field of draw.  New York:  Methuen.

Fisher, L. L. (1993).  The craft of corporate journalism.  Chicago, IL: Nelson-Hall.

Gans, H. J. (2002). Democracy and the news: Restoring the ideals of a free press.  New York: Oxford Univ. Press.

Gitlin, T. (2003). The whole world is watching: Mass media in the making and unmaking of new left. Berkeley: University of California Press.

Graber, D. A. (1993).  Processing the news: How people tame the information tide (2nd. Ed.). Lanham, MD:  The University Press of America.

Graber, D. A., McQuail, D., & Norris, P. (Eds.). (1998).  The politicas of news: The news of politics. Washington, DC:  CQ Press.

Greenwald, M., & Bernt, J. (Eds.) (2000). The big chill: Investigative reporting in the current media environment. Ames, IA: Iowa State Univ. press.

Greenwald, R., & Kitty, A. (2005). Outfoxed: Rupert Murdoch’s war on journalism. The Disinformation Company.

Gunter, B. (2003).  News and the Net. Mahwah, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum.

Hachten, W. A. (1998). The troubles of journalism: A critical look at what’s right and wrong with the press.  Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.

Hamilton, J. T. (2003). All the news that’s fit to sell: How the market transforms information into news. Princeton, NJ: Princeton Univ. Press.

Hardt, H., & Brennen, B. (Eds.). (1995). Newsworkers: Toward a history of the rank and file. Minneapolis: Univ. of Minnesota Press.

Hargreaves, I. (2003). Journalism: Truth or dare? New York: Oxford Univ. Press.

Harrington, W. (Ed.). (1997).  Intimate journalism. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.

Herbert, J. (1999).  Journalism in the digital age. Oxford: Butterworth-Heinemann.

Hermes, J. (1995).  Reading women’s magazines.   New York: Blackwell.

Hess, S. (1996).  International news & foreign correspondents.  Washington, DC: Brookings Institute.

Johnson, S., & Brijatel, P. (2000). Magazine publishing. Lincolnwood, IL:  NTC Publishing Group.

Johnson-Cartee, K.S. (2005). News narratives and news framing: Constructing political reality. Lanham, MD: Rowman & Littlefield.

Knight, R. M. (1998).  A journalistic approach to good writing: The craft of clarity. Ames, IA:  Iowa State Univ. Press.

Koch, T. (1991).  Journalism for the 21st century.  Westport, CT: Greenwood.

Kreig, A. (1988).  Spiked:  How chain management corrupted America`s oldest newspaper (2nd ed.).  Old Saybrook, CT: Peregrine Press.                

Lacy, S., & Simon, T. S. (1991).  The economics and regulation of United States newspapers. Norwood, NJ: Ablex.

Larson, J., & Fought, B. C. (1999).  News in a new century. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.

Lule, J. (2001).  Daily news, eternal stories: The mythological role of journalism. New York: Guilford.

Machin, D., & Niblock, S. (2006). News production: Theory and practice. New York:  Routledge.

McKerns, J. P. (1989).  Biographical dictionary of American journalism. Westport, CT: Greenwood Press.

McNair, B. (1998).  The sociology of journalism. New York: Oxford Univ. Press.

Merrill, J. C. (1990).  The imperative of freedom:  A philosophy of journalistic autonomy.  Lanham, MD:  Freedom House.

Merrill, J. C. (1991).  Global journalism.  New York:  Longman.

Merrill, J. C., & Odell, S. J. (1983).  Philosophy and journalism.  New York: Longman.

Merritt, D., & McCombs, M.E. (2004). The two W’s of journalism: The why and what of public affairs reporting. Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.

Mindich, D.T.Z. (2005). Tuned out: Why Americans under 40 don’t follow the news. New York: Oxford University Press.

Miraldi, R. (1990).  Muckraking and objectivity.  Westport, CT:  Greenwood Press.

Newkirk, P. (1999). Within the veil: Black journalists, white media. New York: New York Univ. Press.

Newton, J. H. (2001).  The burden of visual truth: The role of photojournalism in mediating reality. Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.

Niven, D. (2002).  Tilt? The search for media bias. Westport, CT: Praeger.

Nourie, A., & Nourie, B. (1990).  American mass market magazines. Westport, CT: Greenwood Press.

Rather, D. (1989).  The camera never blinks.  New York: Ballantine.

Reeves, J. L., & Campbell, R. (1994). Cracked coverage: Television news, the anti-cocaine crusade, and the Reagan legacy.  Durham, NC:  Duke Univ. Press.

Rosentiel, T. (Ed.). (2002). Thinking clearly: Cases in journalistic decision-making. New York: Columbia Univ. Press.

Salwen, M.B., Garrison, B., & Driscoll, P.D. (Eds.). (2005). Online news and the public. Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.

Scheuer, J. (2001).  The sound bite society: How television helps the right and hurts the left. New York, NY: Routledge.

Schultz, J. (1998). Reviving the fourth estate: Democracy, accountability and the media. New York: Cambridge Univ. Press.

Shah, H., & Thornton, M. C. (2003). Newspaper coverage of interethnic conflict. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.

Smith, R. F., & O’Connell, L. M. (1996).  Editing today. Ames, IA:  Iowa State Univ. Press.

Solomon, N., & Cohen, J. (1997).  The wizards of media Oz: Behind the curtain of mainstream news. Monroe, ME: Common Courage Press.

Stone, G. (1987). Examining newspapers.  (Sage ComText Series, Vol. 20). Newbury Park, CA: Sage.

Weaver, D.H., Beam, R.A., Brownlee, B.J., Voakes, P.S., & Wilhoit, G.C. (2007).  The American journalist in the 21st century. Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.

Weaver, D., & Wilhoit, G. C. (1996).  The American journalist in the 1990s: U.S. news people at the end of an era.  Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.

Willis, J. (1989).  Journalism:  State of the art.  Westport, CT: Greenwood Press.

Wilson, C. C. (1991).  Black journalists in paradox:  Historical perspective and current dilemmas.  Westport, CT: Greenwood Press.

Wolseley, R. E. (1990).  The Black press U.S.A. (2nd ed.).  Ames, IA:  Iowa State Univ. Press.

 

Managing the Media:

 

Chan-Olmsted, S. M. (2005). Competitive strategy for media firms. Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.

Eastman, S. T.,  Head, S. W., & Klein, R. A. (1989).  Broadcast/cable programming (3rd ed.).  Belmont, CA:  Wadsworth.

Howard, H. H., Kievman, M. S., & Moore, B. A. (1994).  Radio, TV, and cable programming.  Ames, IA:  Iowa State Univ. Press.

Lavine, J. M., & Wackman, D. B. (1988).  Managing media organizations. New York: Longman.

McCavitt, W. E., Pringle, P. K., & Starr, M. F. (1990).  Electronic media management. Stoneham, MA:  Focal Press.

Marlow, E. (1989).  Managing corporate media.  New York: Knowledge Industry Publications.

Sohn, A. B., Wicks, J. L., Lacy, S., Sylvie, G., Powers, A., Rifon, N., & Hollifield, C. A. (1998).  Media management: A casebook approach (2nd Ed.).  Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.

Wicks, J.L. (2004). Media management: A casebook approach. Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.

Warner, C. (Ed.). (1997).  Media management review.  Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.

 

Media Contents:

 

Comics:

Jowett, G. S.,  & Gordon, I. (Eds.). (1994). The funnies and beyond: Critical essays on the first hundred years of comics in America.  Boulder, CO: Westview.

Magnussen, A. (Ed.). (2000).  Comics and culture: Analytical and theoretical approaches to comics. Copenhagen: Museum Tusculanum Press.

McAllister, M. P., Sewell, E. H., & Gordon, I. (Eds.). (2001).  Comics and ideology.  New York: Peter Lang.

Nyberg, A. K. (1998). Seal of approval: The history of the comics code. Jackson: Univ. Press of Mississippi.

Sabin, R. (1993). Adult comics: An introduction.  New York: Routledge.

Varnum, R., & Gibbons, C.  (Eds.). (2002).  The language of comics: Word and image. Jackson, MS: University Press of Mississippi.

 

Covering Disasters:

Benthall, J. (1994).  Disasters, relief and the media.  New York:  St. Martin's Press.

Walters, L. M., Wilkins, L., & Walters, T. (1989).  Bad tidings: Communication and catastrophe.  Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.

 

Crime in the Media:

Barak, G. (1995).  Media, process, and the social construction of crime: Issues in criminal justice.  New York: Garland.

Benedict, H. (1992). Virgin or vamp: How the press covers sex crimes.  New York: Oxford Univ. Press.

Callanan, V. J. (2005). Feeding the fear of crime: Crime-related media and support for three strikes. New York, NY: LFB Scholarly Pub.

Chermak, S. (1995). Victims in the news: Crime and the American news media.  Boulder, CO: Westview.

Chiasson, L. (Ed.). (1997). The press on trial: Crimes and trials as media events. Westport, CT: Greenwood Press.

Coleman, L. (2004). The copycat effect: How the media and popular culture trigger the mayhem in tomorrow’s headlines. New York: Paraview Pocket Books.

Cowdery, N. (2001).  Getting justice wrong: Myths, media and crime. Crows Nest, NSW: Allen & Unwin.

Cuklanz, L. M. (1995). Rape on trial: How the mass media construct legal reform and social change. Philadelphia: Univ. of Pennsylvania Press.

Fox, R. L., & Van Sickel, R. W. (2001).  Tabloid justice: Criminal justice in an age of media frenzy. Boulder, CO: L. Rienner.

Giles, R., & Snyder, R. W. (Eds.). (1998).  Covering the courts: Free press, fair trials and journalistic performance. New Brunswick, NJ: Transaction Books.

Gunderson, D. F., & Hopper, R. (1988). Communication and law enforcement. Lanham, MD:  University Press of America.

Hariman, R. (1990). Popular trials:  Rhetoric, mass media, and the law.  Tuscaloosa, AL: Univ. of Alabama Press.

Jewkes, Y. (2004). Media and crime: A critical introduction. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.

Kane, P. E. (1986). Murder, courts, and the press.  Carbondale, IL: Southern Illinois Univ. Press.

Krajicek, D. J. (1998). Scooped! Mass media miss real story on crime while chasing sex, sleaze and celebrities.  New York: Columbia University Press.

Lipschultz, J. H., & Hilt, M. L. (2002).  Crime and local television news. Mahwah, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum.

Lotz, R. E. (1991).  Crime and the American press.  New York:  Praeger.

Mayo, M. (2008).  American murder: Criminals, crime, and the media. Canton, MI: Visible Ink Press.

Potter, G. W., & Kappeler, V. E. (1998).  Constructing crime: Perspectives on making news and social problems. Prospect Heights, IL:  Waveland Press.

Rapping, E. (2003). Law and justice as seen on TV.  New York: New York Univ. Press.

Rome, D. (2004). Black demons: Media’s depiction of the African American male criminal stereotype. Westport, CT: Praeger.

Schmid, D. (2005). Natural born celebrities: Serial killers in American culture.  Chicago, IL: Univ. Chicago Press.

Surette, R. (1997).  Media, crime, and criminal justice: Images and realities (2nd Ed.). Belmont, CA: Wadsworth.

Thaler, P. (1994).  The watchful eye: American justice in the age of the television trial.  Westport, CT: Praeger.

 

Disability in the Media:

Pointon, A., & Davies, C. (Eds.). (1998). Framed: Interrogating disability in the media. Bloomington:  Indiana Univ. Press.

Riley, C. A. (2005). Disability and the media: Prescriptions for change. Hanover, NH: University Press of New England.

Wahl, O. F. (1997). Media madness: Public images of mental illness.  New Brunswick, NJ: Rutgers Univ. Press.

 

Environment in the Media:

Anderson, A. (1997).  Media, culture, and the environment.  Piscataway, NJ: Rutgers Univ. Press.

Chapman, G. (1997).  Environmentalism and the mass media: The North-South divide. New York:  Routledge.

Hansen, A. (1994).  The mass media and environmental issues.  Leicester Univ. Press.

Neuzil, M. (2008).  The environment and the press: From adventure writing to advocacy.  Evanston, IL: Northwestern Univ. Press.

Neuzil, M., & Kovarik, W. (1996). Mass media and environmental conflict.  Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.

Shanahan, J., & McComas, K. (1998).  Nature stories: Depictions of the environment and their effects. Cresskill, NJ: Hampton Press.

Smith, C. (1992).  Media and apocalypse: News coverage of the Yellowstone Forest Fire, Exxon Valdez Oil Spill, and....  Westport, CT: Greenwood Press.

 

Ethnic and Racial Minorities in the Media:

Barlow, W. (1999). Voice over: The making of Black radio.  Philadelphia: Temple Univ. Press.

Basu, D., & Lemelle, S. (Eds.). (2004). The vinyl ain’t final: Hip-hop and the globalization of Black popular culture. London: Pluto Press.

Berry, V. T., & Manning-Miller, C. (Eds.). (1996).  Mediated messages and African American culture.  Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.

Biagi, S., & Kern-Foxworth, M. (1997). Facing difference: Race, gender, and mass media.  Thousand Oaks, CA: Corwin Press.

Bogle, D. (2001).  Toms, coons, mulattoes, mammies, and bucks: An interpretive history of Blacks in American films (4th ed.).  New York, NY: Continuum Books.

Bogle, D. (2001).  Primetime blues: African Americans on network television.  New York, NY: Farrar, Straus & Giroux.

Campbell, C. P. (1995).  Race, myth, and the news.  Newbury Park, CA: Sage.

Chambers, J. (2008).  Madison Avenue and the color line: African Americans in the advertising industry.  Philadelphia, PA: Univ. of Pennsylvania Press.

Cortese, A. J. (1999). Provocateur: Images of women and minorities in advertising. Lanham, MD: Rowman & Littlefield.

Cortes, C. E. (2000).  Children are watching: How the media teach about diversity.  New York: Teachers College Press.

Cosby, C. (1994).  Television and self esteem:  The case of young African Americans.  New York:  Garland Publishing.

Cottle, S. (2000). Ethnic minorities and the media. Philadelphia, PA: Open Univ. Press.

Dennis, E. (Ed.). (1996).  The media in Black and White.  New Brunswick, NJ: Transaction Books.

Dines, G., & Humez, J. M. (Eds.). (1994). Gender, race, and class in media: A critical text-reader.  Newbury Park, CA: Sage.

Downing, J. D. H., & Husband, C. (Eds.). (2005). Representing race: Racisms, ethnicity and the media. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.

Ellis, D. G. (1999).  Crafting society: Ethnicity, class, and communication theory. Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.

Entman, R., & Rojecki, A. (2000).  The Black image in the White mind: Media and race in America.  Chicago, IL: University of Chicago Press.

Farouqui, A. (2009).  Muslims and media images: News versus views.  New York: Oxford Univ. Press.

Gabriel, J. (1998). Whitewash: Racialised politics and the media.  New York: Routledge.

Gandy, O. H. (1998). Communication and race: A structural perspective. New York: Oxford Univ. Press.

Guerrero, E. (1994). Framing blackness: The African American image in film.  Philadelphia: Temple Univ. Press.

Hamamoto, D. Y. (1994). Monitored peril: Asian Americans and the politics of TV representation.  Minneapolis: Univ. of Minnesota Press.

Heider, D. (2000).  White News: Why local news programs don’t cover people of color. Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.

Jhally, S., & Lewis, J. (1992).  Enlightened racism: "The Cosby Show", audiences, and the myth of the American dream.  Boulder, CO:  Westview Press.

Kamalipour, Y. R., & Carilli, T. (Eds.). (1997). Cultural diversity and the US media.  Albany, NY: SUNY.

Kellstedt, P. M. (2003). Mass media and the dynamics of American racial attitudes. New York: Cambridge Univ. Press.

Kern-Foxworth, M. (1994). Aunt Jemima, Uncle Ben, and Rastus: Blacks in advertising, yesterday, today, and tomorrow.  Westport, CT: Praeger.

Larson, S. G. (2006). Media & minorities: The politics of race in news and entertainment. Lanham, MD: Rowman & Littlefield.

Lester, P. (1996).  Images that injur: Pictorial stereotypes in the media.  Westport, CT: Greenwood.

MacDonald, J. F. (1989).  Blacks and White TV.  Chicago:  Nelson‑Hall.

Means Coleman, R. R. (Ed.).  (2001).  Say it loud!:  African American audiences, media, and identity.  New York, NY: Routledge.

Newkirk, P. (1999). Within the veil: Black journalists, white media. New York: New York Univ. Press.

Ono, K. A., & Pham, V. (2009).  Asian Americans and the media.  Malden, MA: Polity Press.

Rodriguez, C. E. (1997).  Latin looks: Latino images in the media. Boulder, CO: Westview Press.

Rome, D. (2004). Black demons: Media’s depiction of the African American male criminal stereotype. Westport, CT: Praeger.

Shah, H., & Thornton, M. C. (2003). Newspaper coverage of interethnic conflict. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.

Siddiqi, M. A. (1997). Islam, Muslims, & media: Myths and realities.  Chicago, IL: NAAMPS Publishers.

Smith, V. (Ed.). (1996). Black issues in film and media.  New Brunswick, NJ: Rutgers Univ. Press.

Smith-Shomade, B. E. (2002). Shaded lives: African-American women and television. Piscataway, NJ: Rutgers Univ. Press.

Sochay, S. (2009).  Native Americans and the media.  Malden, MA: Polity Press.

Tait, A., & Meiss, G. (2004). Ethnic media in America: Images, audiences, and transforming forces. Dubuque, IA:  Kendall/Hunt.

Tamburri, A. J., & Bona, M. J. (Eds.). (1996).  Through the looking glass: Italian and Italian-American images in the media.  New York: American Italian Historical Association.

Torres, S. (Ed.). (1998). Living color: Race and television in the United States. Durham. NC: Duke Univ. Press.

Torres, S. (2003). Black, white, and in color: Television and Black civil rights. Princeton, NJ: Princeton Univ. Press.

Turner, P. A. (1994). Ceramic uncles and celluloid mammies: Black images and their influence on culture.  New York: Anchor Books.

Turner, P. A. (2002). Ceramic uncles and celluloid mammies: Black images and their influence on culture (2nd ed.). Charlottesville, VA: University Press of Virginia.

Valdivia, A. N. (Ed.). (1995). Feminism, multiculturalism and the media.  Newbury Park, CA: Sage.

Ward, B. (Ed.). (2001).  Media, culture, and the modern African American freedom struggle. Gainesville, FL: University Press of Florida.

Williams, J. D., Lee, W.-N., & Haugtvedt, C. P. (Eds.). (2004). Diversity in advertising: Broadening the scope of research directions. Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.

Wilson, C. C. (1991). Black journalists in paradox:  Historical perspective and current dilemmas.  Westport, CT:  Greenwood Press.

Wilson, C. C., & Gutiérrez, F. (1995).  Race, multiculturalism, and the media.  Newbury Park, CA: Sage.

Wilson, C. C., Gutiérrez, F., & Chao, L. (2003). Racism, sexism, and the media (3rd ed.). Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.

Wolseley, R. E. (1990).  The Black press U.S.A. (2nd ed.).  Ames, IA:  Iowa State Univ. Press.

Zook, K. B. (1999). Color by FOX: The FOX network and the revolution in Black television.  New York: Oxford University Press.

Zurawik, D. (2003). Jews of prime time. Waltham, MA: Brandeis Univ. Press.

 

Family in the Media:

Bryant, J., & Bryant, J. A. (Eds.) (2001).  Television and the American Family (2nd ed.). Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.

Chambers, D. (2001).  Representing the family.  Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.

Douglas, W. (2003). Television families: Is something wrong in suburbia? Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.

Spigel, L. (1992). Make room for TV: Television and family ideal in postwar America.  Chicago:  University of Chicago Press.

Wexman, V. W. (1993). Creating the couple: Love, marriage, and Hollywood performance.  Princeton: Princeton Univ. Press.

 

Homosexuality in the Media:

Alwood, E. (1996).  Straight news: Gays, lesbians, and the news media.  New York: Columbia Univ. Press.

Barrios, R. (2003). Screened out: Playing gay in Hollywood from Edison to Stonewall. New York: Routledge.

Becker, R. (2006). Gay TV and straight America. Piscataway, NJ: Rutgers Univ. Press.

Binger, J., & Streitmatter, R. (2009).  From “perverts” to “fab five”: The media’s changing depiction of gay men and lesbians.  New York:  Routledge.

Fuller, L. K. (1996).  Media-mediated relationships: Straight and gay, mainstream and alternative perspectives.  New York: Haworth Press.

Gross, L. P. (2001).  Up from invisibility: Lesbians, gay men, and the media in America. New York, NY: Columbia University Press.

Walters, S. D. (2001).  All the rage: The story of gay visibility in America. Chicago, IL: University of Chicago Press.

 

 

Music:

Basu, D., & Lemelle, S. (Eds.). (2004). The vinyl ain’t final: Hip-hop and the globalization of Black popular culture. London: Pluto Press.

Bennett, A., Shank, B., & Toynbee, J. (Eds.). (2005). The popular music studies reader. New York, NY: Routledge.

Christenson, P., & Roberts, D. F. (1998), It’s not only rock & roll: Popular music in the lives of adolescents. Cresskill, NJ: Hampton Press.

Cook, N. (2000).  Analyzing musical multimedia. New York: Oxford Univ. Press.

Denisoff, R. S. (1988).  Inside MTV.  New Brunswick, NJ: Transaction Books.                                                 

Frith, S. (1988). Music for pleasure.  New York:  Routledge.

Goodwin, A. (1992). Dancing in the distraction factory: Music television and popular culture. Minneapolis: Univ. of Minnesota Press.

Grossberg, L., Frith, S., & Goodwin, A. (Eds.). (1993).  Sound and vision: The music video reader.  New York: Routledge.

Kaplan, E. A. (1987).  Rocking around the clock.  New York:  Routledge.

Lull, J. (Ed.). (1992)  Popular music and communication.  Newbury Park, CA: Sage.

Rubin, R., & Melnick, J. (Eds.). (2001).  American popular music: New approaches to the twentieth century. Boston, MA: University of Massachusetts Press.

Schwichtenberg, C. (Ed.). (1992).  The Madonna connection.  Boulder, CO:  Westview Press.

 

Pornography:

Assiter, A., & Carol, A. (Eds.). (1993). Bad girls and dirty pictures: The challenge to reclaim feminism. Boulder, CO: Westview Press.

Cornell, D. (Ed.) (2000).  Feminism and pornography. New York: Oxford Univ. Press.

de Grazia, E. (1992).  Girls lean back everywhere: The law of obscenity and the assault on genius.  New York:  Random House.

Gibson, P. C., & Gibson, R. (Eds.). (1993).  Dirty looks: Women, pornography, power.  London: British Film Institute.

Gubar, S., & Hoff, J. (Eds.). (1989).  For adults only:  The dilemma of violent pornography. Bloomington:  Indiana Univ. Press.

Linz, D., & Malamuth, N. (1993).  Pornography.  Newbury Park, CA: Sage.

McNair, B. (1996).  Mediated sex: Pornography and postmodern culture.  New York: Routledge.

Williams, L. (1999). Hard core: Power, pleasure, and the “frenzy of the visible”. Berkeley, CA: Univ. of California Press.

Zillmann, D., & Bryant, J. (1989).  Pornography.  Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.

 

Religion in Media:

Abelman, R., & Hoover, S. M. (1990).  Religious television:  Controversies and conclusions. Norwood, NJ:  Ablex.

Badaracco, C. H. (2005). Quoting God: How media shape ideas about religion and culture. Waco, TX: Baylor Univ. Press.

Bernstein, R. J. (2005). The abuse of evil: The corruption of politics and religion since 9/11. Malden, MA: Malden, MA: Polity Press.

Bruce, S. (1991).  Pray TV:  Televangelism in America.  New York:  Routledge.

Buddenbaum, J. M., & Mason, D. L. (Eds.). (2000). Readings on religion as news.  Ames, IA: Iowa State Univ.

Dorgan, H. (1993).  The airwaves of Zion: Radio and religion in Appalachia.  Knoxville: University of Tennessee Press.

Ferre, J. P. (Ed.). (1990). Channels of belief:  Religion and American commercial television. Ames, IA:  Iowa State Univ. Press.

Fore, W. F. (1990). Mythmakers:  Gospel, culture and the press.  New York:  Friendship Press.

Hoover, S. M. (1988).  Mass media religion.  Newbury Park, CA:  Sage.

Hoover, S. M. (1998). Religion in the news.  Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.

Hoover, S. M., & Kaneva, N. (Eds.). (2009).  Fundamentalisms and the media. New York: Continuum.

Hoover, S. M., & Lundby, K. (Eds.). (1997). Rethinking media, religion, and culture.  Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.

Kintz, L., & Lesage, J. (1998).  Media, culture, and the religious right.  Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press.

Meyer, B., & Moores, A. (Eds.). (2006). Religion, media, and the public sphere. Bloomington, IN: Indiana Univ. Press.

Robertson, C. K. (Ed.). (2001).  Religion as entertainment.  New York, NY: Peter Lang.

Said, E. (1996). Covering Islam: How the media and the experts determine how we see the rest of the world. Chicago: Kazi Publications.

Schultze, Q.J. (2006). Christianity and the mass media in America: Toward a democratic accommodation. East Lansing, MI: Michigan State Univ. Press.

Silk, M. (1995). Unsecular media: Making news of religion in America.  Urbana, IL: Univ. of Illinois Press.

Soukup, P. A. (1996). Media, culture, and Catholicism.  Kansas City: Sheed & Ward.

Stout, D. A., & Buddenbaum, J. M. (Eds.). (1996). Religion and mass media: Audiences and applications. Newbury Park, CA: Sage.

Sweet, L. I. (Ed.). (1993). Communication and change in American religious history.  Grand Rapids: Eedermans.

 

Sexuality in Media:

Buckingham, D., & Bragg, S. (2004). Young people, sex, and the media: The facts of life. New York: Palgrave Macmillan.

Carstarphen, M. G., & Zavoina, S. C.  (Eds.). (1999).  Sexual rhetoric: Media perspectives on sexuality, gender, and identity. Westport, CT: Greenwood Press.

Creed, B. (2004). Media matrix: Sexing the new reality. Crows Nest, Australia: Allen & Unwin Pty.

Galician, M. (2004). Sex, love, & romance in the mass media: Analysis & criticism of unrealistic portrayals & their influence. Mahwah, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum.

Galician, M.-L., & Merskin, D.L. (Eds.). (2007). Critical thinking about sex, love, and romance in the mass media. Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.

Gunter, B. (2001).  Media sex: What are the issues? Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.

Hilliard, R. L. & Keith, M. C. (2003). Dirty discourse: Sex and indecency in American radio. Ames, IA:  Iowa State Univ. Press.

Lumby, C. (1997).  Bad girls: The media, sex and feminism in the 90s.  St. Leonards, New South Wales: Allen & Unwin.

Reichert, T., & Lambiase, J. (Eds.). (2005). Sex in consumer culture: The erotic content of media and marketing. Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.

 

Soap Opera:

Allen, R. C. (Ed.). (1995). To be continued: Soap operas and global media cultures.  New York: Routledge.

Brown, M. E. (1994).  Soap opera and women’s talk:  The pleasure of resistance.  Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.

Brunsdon, C. (2000).  The feminist, the housewife, and the soap opera.  New York: Oxford Univ. Press.

Frentz, S. (1992).  Staying tuned: Contemporary soap opera criticism.  Bowling Green, OH: Bowling Green State Univ. Press.

Mumford, L. S. (1995). Love and ideology in the afternoon: Soap opera, women, and television genre. Bloomington: Indiana Univ. Press.

Nochimson, M. (1993).  No end to her: Soap opera and the female subject.  Berkeley: Univ. of California Press.

Williams, C. T. (1992). "It's time for my story":  Soap opera sources, structure, and response.  Westport, CT: Praeger.

 

Sports in Media:

Aamidor, A. (Ed.). (2003). Real sports reporting. Bloomington:  Indiana Univ. Press.

Baker, A., & Boyd, T. (1997). Out of bounds: Sports, media, and the politics of identity.  Indiana Univ. Press.

Barnett, S. (1990).  Games and sets:  The changing face of sport on television. Bloomington:  Indiana Univ. Press.

Creedon, P. J. (Ed.). (1994).  Women, media, and sport.  Newbury Park, CA: Sage.

Garrison, B., & Sabljak, M. (1993).  Sports reporting.  Ames, IA:  Iowa State Univ. Press.

Lowes, M. D. (1999). Inside the sports pages: Work routines, professional ideologies, and the manufacture of sports news. Toronto: Univ. of Toronto Press..

Raney, A.A., & Bryant, J. (Eds.). (2006). Handbook of sports and media. Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.

Rowen, D. (1999). Sport, culture, and the media: The unruly trinity. Bristol, PA:  Taylor & Francis Group.

Schultz, B. (2005). Sports media: Reporting, producing, and planning. Stoneham, MA: Focal Press.

Wenner, L. A. (1989). Media, sports, and society.  Newbury Park, CA: Sage.

Wenner, L. A. (1998).  Mediasport.  New York: Routledge.

 

Talk Shows:

Allen, S. (2001).  Vulgarians at the gate: Trash TV and raunch radio: Raising the standards of popular culture. Amherst, MA: Prometheus.

Barker, D. C. (2002). Rushed to judgment? Talk radio, persuasion, and American political behavior. New York: Columbia Univ. Press.

Gamson, J. (1998). Freaks talk back: Tabloid talk shows and sexual nonconformity.  Chicago: University of Chicago Press.

Glynn, K. (2000).  Tabloid culture: Trash taste, popular power, and the transformation of American television. Durham. NC: Duke University.

Hutchby, I. (1996).  Confrontation talk: Arguments, asymmetries, and power on talk radio.  Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.

Hutchby, I. (2005). Media talk. Berkshire: Open University Press.

Kurtz, H. (1996). Hot air: All talk, all the time.  New York: Times Books.

Livingstone, S., Lunt, P. (1994).  Talk on television.  New York: Routledge.

Manga, J. E. (2003). Talking trash: The cultural politics of daytime TV talk shows.  New York: New York Univ. Press.

Munson, W. (1993).  All talk: The talk show in media culture.  Philadelphia: Temple Univ. Press.

Shattuc, J. (1997). The talking cure: TV talk shows and women.  New York: Routledge.

Timberg, B., & Erler, R. J. (2002). Television talk: A history of the TV talk show. Austin, TX: University of Texas Press.

Tolson, A. (Ed.) (2001).  Television talk shows: Discourse, performance, spectacle. Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.

 

"Terrorism" in Media:

Alali, O., & Eke, K. K. V. (1991).  Media coverage of terrorism.  Newbury Park, CA: Sage.

Altheide, D. L. (2006). Terrorism and the politics of fear. Lanham, MD: Alta Mira Press.

Corman, S. R., Trethewey, A., & Goodall Jr., H. L. (Eds.). (2008).  Weapons of mass persuasion: Strategic communication to combat violent extremism.  New York: Peter Lang Publishing.

Debrix, F. (2008).  Tabloid terror: War, culture, and geopolitics.  New York: Routledge. 

Denton, R. E., Jr. (Ed.). (2006). Language, symbols, and the media: Communication in the aftermath of the World Trade Center attack. New Brunswick: Transaction Books.

Dimaggio, A. R.  (2008).  Mass media, mass propaganda: Examining American news in the "War on Terror".  Lanham, MD: Lexington Books.

Greenberg, B. S. (Ed.). (2002).  Communication and terrorism: Public and media responses to 9/11. Cresskill, NJ: Hampton Press.

Grusin, E. K., & Utt, S. H. (Eds.). (2005). Media in an American crisis: Studies of September 11, 2001. Lanham, MD: University Press of America.

Heller, D. (Ed.). (2005). The selling of 9/11: How a national tragedy became a commodity. New York, NY: Palgrave Macmillan.

Herman, E. S., & O'Sullivan, G. (1990). The "terrorism" industry.  New York:  Pantheon.

Hess, S. (Ed.). (2003). Media and the war on terrorism. Washington, DC: The Brookings Institution.

Holloway, D. (2008).  Cultures of the War on Terror: Empire, ideology, and the remaking of 9/11.  Montréal: McGill-Queen’s Univ. Press.

Jackson, R. (2005). Writing the war on terrorism: Language, politics and counter-terrorism. Manchester: Manchester Univ. Press.

Livingstone, S. (1994). The terrorism spectacle.  Boulder, CO: Westview.

Moeller, S. (2009).  Packaging terrorism: Co-opting the news for politics and profit.  New York: Wiley-Blackwell.

Nacos, B. L. (1996). Terrorism and the media: From the Iran hostage crisis to the Oklahoma City bombing. New York: Columbia Univ. Press.

Nacos, B. L. (2002).  Mass-mediated terrorism: The central role of the media in terrorism and counterterrorism. Lanham, MD: Rowman & Littlefield.

O’Hair, H. D., Heath, R. L., Ayotte, K. J., & Ledlow, G. R. (2008).  Terrorism: Communication and rhetorical perspectives.  Cresskill, NJ: Hampton Press.

Oliverio, A., Frank, A. G., & Lauderdale, P. (1998). The state of terror.  Albany: SUNY Press.

Paletz, D. L., & Schmid, A. P. (1992).  Terrorism and the media.  Newbury Park, CA: Sage.

Schechter, D., & Schatz, R. (2003). Media wars: News at a time of terror. Lanham, MD: Rowman & Littlefield.

Steuter, E., & Wills, D. (2008).  At war with metaphor: Media, propaganda, and racism in the war on terror. Lanham, MD: Lexington Books.

Tuman, J. S. (2003). Communicating terror: The rhetorical dimensions of terrorism. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.

Weimann, G., & Winn, C. (1994). The theater of terror: Mass media and international terrorism.  New York: Longman.

 

TV & Movie Criticism:

Abelman, R. (1997). Reaching a critical mass: A critical analysis of television entertainment.  Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.

Alberti, J. (Ed.). (2003). Leaving Springfield: The Simpsons and the possibility of oppositional culture. Detroit, MI: Wayne State Univ. Press.

Allen, R. C. (Ed.). (1987). Channels of discourse: Television and contemporary criticism. Chapel Hill:  Univ. of North Carolina Press.

Allen, S. (2001).  Vulgarians at the gate: Trash TV and raunch radio: Raising the standards of popular culture. Amherst, MA: Prometheus.

Aufderheide, P. (2000).  The daily planet: A critic on the capitalist culture beat. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press.

Basinger, J. (1993). A woman's view: How Hollywood spoke to women, 1930-1960.  New York:  Alfred A. Knopf.

Berger, A. A. (1994). Cultural criticism: A Primer of Key Concepts.  Newbury Park, CA: Sage.

Brunsdon, C., D’Acci, J., & Spigel, L. (Eds.) (1997).  Feminist television criticism: A reader. New York: Oxford Univ. Press.

Burton, G. (2000).  Talking television: An introduction to TV studies. New York: Oxford Univ. Press.

Butler, J. (1994). Analyzing television: Critical methods and applications.  Belmont, CA: Wadsworth.

Butler, J. (2002).  Television: Critical methods and applications (2nd ed.). Mahwah, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum.

Bywater, T., & Sobchack, T. (1989).  An introduction to film criticism.  New York: Longman.

Caldwell, J. T. (1995). Televisuality: Performing style in American television.  New Brunswick, NJ: Rutgers Univ. Press.

Cohen, J. R. (1998). Introduction to communication criticism: Developing your critical powers. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.

D’Acci, J. (1994). Defining women: Television and the case of “Cagney and Lacey”.  Chapel Hill: Univ. of North Carolina Press.

Dickenson, B. (2006). Hollywood’s new radicalism: War, globalization and the movies from Reagan to George W. Bush. London: I.B. Tauris & Co.

Donald, J., & Renov, M. (Eds.). (2008).  The Sage handbook of film studies.  Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.

Edgerton, G. R., & Rose, B. G. (Eds.). (2005). Thinking outside the box: A contemporary television genre reader. Lexington, KY: Univ. Press of Kentucky.

Foster, G. A. (2005). Class-passing: Social mobility in film and popular culture. Carbondale, IL: Southern Illinois Univ. Press.

Galipeau, S. A. (2001).  Journey of Luke Skywalker: An analysis of modern myth and symbol. Chicago, IL: Open Court.

Glatzer, R. (2001).  Beyond popcorn: A critic’s guide to looking at films. Spokane, WA: Eastern Washington University Press.

Gledhill, C., & Williams, L. (Eds.) (2000).  Rewriting film studies. New York: Oxford Univ. Press.

Glynn, K. (2000).  Tabloid culture: Trash taste, popular power, and the transformation of American television. Durham. NC: Duke University.

Henderson, K. U., & Mazzeo, A. (1990). Meanings of the medium: Perspectives on the art of television.  Westport, CT: Greenwood Press.

Inglis, F. (1994). Cultural studies.  New York: Blackwell.

Jensen, J. (1990). Redeeming modernity: Contradictions in media criticism.  Newbury Park, CA: Sage.

Kaveney, R. (2006). Teen dreams: Reading teen film and television from ‘Heathers’ to ‘Veronica Mars’. London: I.B. Tauris & Co.

Kellner, D. (2003).  Media spectacle. New York, NY: Routledge.

Kolker, R. (Ed.). (2008).  The Oxford handbook of film and media studies. New York: Oxford Univ. Press.

Langer, J. (1997). Tabloid television: Popular journalism and the other news. New York:  Routledge.

Lemert, J. B. (1989).  Criticizing the media:  Empirical approaches. Newbury Park, CA: Sage.

Mellencamp, P. (1990). Logics of television:  Essays in cultural criticism.  Bloomington: Indiana Univ. Press.

Monaco, J. (2000).  How to read a film: Movies, media, multimedia (3rd ed.). New York: Oxford Univ. Press.

O’Donnell, V. (2007). Television criticism. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.

Olson, A. M. (1991?). Video icons and values.  Albany:  State Univ. of New York Press.

Orlik, P. B. (1993). Electronic media criticism: Applied perspectives.  Oxford: Butterworth-Heinemann.

Pearson, R. E., & Uricchio, W. (Eds.). (1991). The many lives of Batman: Critical approaches to a superhero and his media.  New York: Routledge, Chapman & Hall.

Prince, S. (1992). Visions of empire: Political imagery in contemporary American film.  Westport, CT:  Praeger.

Puette, W. J. (1992). Through joundiced eyes:  How the media view organized labor.  Ithaca, NY:  ILR Press.

Rybacki, K., & Rybacki, D. (1991). Communication criticism: Approaches and genres.  Belmont, CA: Wadsworth.

Schiappa, E. (2008).  Beyond representational correctness: Rethinking criticism of popular media.  Albany, NY: State Univ. of New York Press.

Seabrook, J. (2000).  Nobrow: The culture of marketing, the marketing of culture. New York:  Alfred A. Knopf.

Showalter, E. (1998). Hystories: Hysterical epidemics and modern media.  New York: Columbia Univ. Press.

Sillars, M. O., & Gronbeck, B. E. (2001).  Communication Criticism: Rhetoric, social codes, cultural studies.  Prospect Heights, IL: Waveland Press.

Spigel, L., & Olsson, J. (Eds.). (2005). Television after TV: Essays on a medium in transition. Durham, NC: Duke Univ. Press.

Thompson, K. (2003). Storytelling in film and television. Cambridge, MA: Harvard Univ. Press.

Titchener, C. B. (1998). Reviewing the arts (2nd Ed.).  Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.

Traube, E. G. (1992). Dreaming identities: Class, gender, and generation in 1980's Hollywood movies. Boulder, CO: Westview Press.

Tulloch, J. (1990). Television drama:  Agency, audience and myth.  New York:  Routledge, Chapman & Hall.

Vande Berg, L. R., & Trujillo, N. (1989). Organizational life on television.  Norwood, NJ: Ablex.

Vande Berg, L. R., & Wenner, L. (1991). Television criticism.  New York:  Longman.

Vande Berg, L. R., Wenner, L., & Gronbeck, B. C. (1998). Critical approaches to television.  Boston, MA: Houghton Mifflin.

Ward, A. R. (2002). Mouse morality: The rhetoric of Disney animated film. Austin, TX: University of Texas Press.

White, M. (1992). Tele-advising: Therapeutic discourse in American television.  Chapel Hill: Univ. of North Carolina Press.

Williams, R. (2003). Television: Technology and cultural form (2nd ed.). New York: Routledge.

 

Violence in Media:

Barker, M., & Petley, J. (1997). Ill effects: The media violence debate.  New York: Routledge.

Berns, N. (2004). Framing the victim: Domestic violence, media, and social problems. Hawthorne, NY: Aldine de Gruyter.

Bouzereau, L. (1998). Ultraviolent movies: From Sam Pekinpah to Quentin Tarantino (rev. ed.).  Secaucus, NJ: Carol Publishing.

Boyle, K. (2004). Media and violence: Gendering the debates.  Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.

Cerulo, K. A. (1998). Deciphering violence: The cognitive structure of right and wrong.  New York: Routledge.

Cooper, C. A. (1996). Violence on television. Lanham, MD:  University Press of America.

Fowles, J. (1999). The violence against television violence. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.

Gerdes, L. I. (Ed.). (2004). Media violence: Opposing viewpoints. San Diego, CA: Greenhaven Press.

Goldstein, J. (Ed.). (1998). Why we watch: The attractions of violent entertainment.  New York: Oxford University Press.

Gunter, B., Harrison, J., & Wykes, M. (2003). Violence on television: Distribution, form, context, and themes. Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.

Hamilton, J. (Ed.). (1998). Television violence and public policy. Ann Arbor: Univ. of Michigan.

Haugen, D. M., & Musser, S. (Eds.). (2009). Media violence.  Detroit, MI: Greenhaven.

Hill, A. (1999). Natural born killer: Risk and media violence. Luton: University of Luton Press.

Kirsh, S. J. (2005). Children, adolescents, and media violence: A critical look at research. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.

Meyers, M. (1996). News coverage of violence against women.  Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.

Mortensen, C. D. (1988). Violence and communication.  Lanham, MD: University Press of America.

National Television Violence Study, 3 Vols. (1997-1998).  Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.

Palmer, E. L., & Young, B. M. (Eds.). (2003). The faces of televisual media: Teaching, violence, selling to children (2nd ed.). Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.

Potter, W. J. (1999). On media violence. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.

Potter, W. J. (2002).  The 11 myths of media violence. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.

Saunders, K. W. (1996). Violence as obscenity: Limiting the media’s first amendment protections. Durham, NC: Duke Univ. Press.

Schechter, H. (2005). Savage pastimes: A cultural history of violent entertainment.  New York, NY: St. Martin’s Press.

Schlesinger, P., et al. (1992).  Women viewing violence.  Bloomington:  Indiana Univ. Press.

Sharrett, C. (Ed.). (1999). Mythologies of violence in postmodern media.  Wayne State Univ. Press.

Signorielli, N., & Gerbner, G. (1988). Violence and terror in the mass media:  An annotated bibliography. New York: Greenwood Press.

Slocum, J. D. (Ed.). (2001).  Violence and American cinema. New York: Routledge.

Torr, J. D. (2001).  Is media violence a problem? Farmington Hills, MI: Gale Group.

Wekesser, C. (Ed.). (1995). Violence in the media.  San Diego, CA: Greenhaven.

 

War in Media:

Anderegg, M. (Ed.). (1991). Inventing Vietnam:  The war in film and television.  Philadelphia, PA: Temple Univ. Press.

Connelly, M., & Welch, D. (Eds.). (2005). War and the media: Reportage and propaganda, 1900-2003. London: I.B. Tauris & Co.

Cumings, B. (1992). War and television.  New York: Verso.

Der Derian, J. (2001).  Virtuous war: Mapping the military-industrial-media-entertainment network.  Boulder, CO: Westview Press.

Der Derian, J. (2009).  Virtuous war: Mapping the military-industrial-media-entertainment-network (2nd.Ed.). New York: Routledge. 

Dickenson, B. (2006). Hollywood’s new radicalism: War, globalization and the movies from Reagan to George W. Bush. London: I.B. Tauris & Co.

Gruner, E. (1993). Prisoners of culture: Representing the Vietnam P.O.W.  New Brunswick, NJ: Rutgers Univ. Press.

Kamalipour, Y. R., Snow, N., & Bagdikian, B. H. (Eds.). (2004). War, media, and propaganda: A global perspective. Lanham, MD: Rowman & Littlefield.

Miller, D. (Ed.). (2004). Tell me lies: Propaganda and media distortion in the attack on Iraq.  London: Pluto Press.

Rajiva, L. (2005). The language of empire: Abu Ghraib and the American media. New York, NY: Monthly Review Press.

Schubart, R. (Ed.). (2009).  War isn’t hell, it’s entertainment: Essays on visual media and the  representation of conflict.  Jefferson, NC: McFarland.

Thrall, A. T. (2001).  War in the media age. Cresskill, NJ: Hampton Press.

Thussu, D. K., & Freedman, D. (Eds.). (2003). War and the media: Reporting conflict 24/7. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.

Tumber, H., & Palmer, J. (2004). Media at war: The Iraq crises. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.

Young, P., & Jesser, P. (1997).  Media and the military.  Britain: Manchester University Press.

 

Other:

Allen, C. (1993). Eisenhower and the mass media: Peace, prosperity, and prime-time TV. Chapel Hill: Univ. of North Carolina Press.

Bell, A., & Garrett, P. (1998).  Approaches to media discourse.  Malden, MA: Blackwell.

Berger, A. A. (1992). Popular culture genres.  Newbury Park, CA: Sage.

Berry, N. O. (1990). Foreign policy and the press.  Westport, CT: Greenwood Press.

Besteman, C., & Gusterson, H. (Eds.). (2005). Why America’s top pundits are wrong: Anthropologists talk back. Berkeley: University Of California Press.

Bignell, J. (1997). Media Semiotics.  Britain: Manchester Univ. Press.

Bird, S. E. (1992). For enquiring minds: A cultural study of supermarket tabloids.  Knoxville:  Univ. of Tennessee Press.

Biressi, A., & Nunn, H. (Eds.). (2008).  The tabloid culture reader.  New York: McGraw-Hill/Open University Press.

Brants, K., Hermes, J., & van Zoonen, L. (Eds.). (1998). The media in question.  Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.

Chermak, S. M. (2002). Searching for a demon: The media construction of the militia movement. Boston, MA: Northeastern Univ. Press.

Conboy, M. D. (2002).  The press and popular culture. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.

Drucker, S. J., & Gumpert, G. (Eds.). (2008).  Heroes in a global world.  Cresskill, NJ: Hampton Press.

Ehrlich, M. C. (2004). Journalism in the movies. Urbana: University of Illinois Press.

Fairclough, N. (1995). Media discourse.  New York: Routledge, Chapman & Hall.

Fortunato, J. A. (2005). Making media content: The influence of constituency groups on mass media. Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.

Fulton, H., Huisman, R., Murphet, J., & Dunn, A. (2005). Narrative and media. New York, NY: Cambridge Univ. Press.

Garber, M., Matlock, J., & Walkowitz, R. (Eds.). (1993). Media spectacles.  New York: Routledge.

Glover, C. J. (1992). Men, women, and chain saws: Gender in the modern horror film.  Princeton, NJ: Princeton Univ. Press.

Haltom, W. (1998). Reporting on the courts: How the mass media cover judicial actions.  Chicago: Nelson-Hall.

Herwitz, D. (2008).  The star as icon: celebrity in the age of mass consumption.  New York: Columbia Univ. Press.

Hilliard, R. C., & Keith, M. C. (1999). Waves of rancor: Tuning in the radical right. Armonk, NY:  M.E. Sharpe.

Hilt, M. L., & Lipschultz, J. H. (2005). Mass media, an aging population, and the baby boomers. Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.

Holbrook, M. B. (1993). Daytime television game shows and the celebration of merchandise: The price is right.  Bowling Green, OH: Bowling Green State Univ. Popular Press.

Kendall, D. (2005). Framing class: Media representations of wealth and poverty in America. Lanham, MD: Rowman & Littlefield.

Kress, G., & van Leeuwen, T. (2001).  Multimodal discourse: The modes and media of contemporary communication.  London: Edward Arnold.

Lull, J. (1997). Media scandals: Morality & desire in the popular culture marketplace.  New York: Columbia University Press.

Lule, J. (2001).  Daily news, eternal stories: The mythological role of journalism. New York: Guilford.

Mander, M. S. (1999). Framing friction: Media and social conflict.  Champaign, IL: University of Illinois Press.

Marling, K. A. (1994). As seen on TV: The visual culture of everyday life in the 1950`s.  Cambridge, MA: Harvard Univ. Press.

Martin, C. R. (2003). Framed!  Labor and the corporate media. Ithaca, NY: Cornell Univ. Press.

Matheson, D. (2005). Media discourses: Analyzing media talk. New York, NY: Open University Press.

Mayer, V., Banks, M. J., & Caldwell, J. T. (Eds.). (2009).  Production studies: Cultural studies of media industries.  New York: Routledge.

McAlister, M. (2005). Epic encounters: Culture, media, and U.S. interests in the Middle East since 1945. Berkeley, CA: University of California Press.

Mitroff, I. I., & Bennis, W. (1993). The Unreality Industry.  New York: Oxford Univ. Press.

Newcomb, H. (Ed.) (2000).  Television: The critical view (6th ed.). New York: Oxford Univ. Press.

Olasky, M. N. (1988). Press and abortion, 1838‑1988.  Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.

Pintak, L. (2006). Reflections in a bloodshot lens: America, Islam, and the war of ideas. London: Pluto Press.

Relke, D. M. A. (2005). Drones, clones, and alpha babes: Retrofitting Star Trek’s humanism, post 9/11. Calgary: University of Calgary Press.

Scollon, R. (1998). Mediated discourse in social interaction: A study of news discourse. White Plains, NY: Longman.

Sellnow, D. D. (2009). The rhetorical power of popular culture: Considering mediated texts.  Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.

Shoemaker, P. J., & Reese, S. (1995). Mediating the message: Theories of influence on mass media content. White Plains, NY: Longman.

Sloan, B. (2001).  I watched a wild hog eat my baby! A colorful history of tabloids and their cultural impact. Amherst, MA: Prometheus Books.

Sumser, J. (1996). Morality and social order in television crime drama.  McFarland.

Thompson, R. J. (1996). Television’s second golden age: From Hill Street Blues to ER.  Syracuse, NY: Syracuse Univ. Press.

Weimann, G. (1999).  Communicating unreality: Modern media and the reconstruction of reality. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.

 

 

New Media Technologies:

 

Cable TV:

Brotman, S. N. (1990). Telephone company and cable television competition.  Norwood, MA:  Artech House.

Heeter, C., & Greenberg, B. S. (1988). Cableviewing.  Norwood, NJ: Ablex.

Johnson, L. (1994). Toward competition in cable television.  Cambridge, MA: The MIT Press.

 

Computer-Mediated Communication:

Barnes, S.(2003). Computer-mediated communication: Human-to-human communication across the Internet. Boston, MA: Allyn & Bacon.

Brock, G. W., & Rosston, G. L. (Eds.). (1996). The Internet and telecommunications policy.  Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.

Ess, C. (Ed.). (1996). Philosophical perspectives on computer-mediated communication.  Albany: State Univ. of New York Press.

Flynn, N., & Flynn, T. (1998).  Writing effective e-mail.  Mountain View, CA: Crisp Publications.

Herring, S. C. (Ed.). (1996). Computer-mediated communication.  Philadelphia, PA: John Benjamins.

Hutchby, I. (2001).  Conversation and technology: From the telephone to the Internet.  Malden, MA: Blackwell.

Jacobsen, M. M. (2002).  Transformations of literacy in computer-mediated communication: Orality, literacy, cyberdiscursivity. Lewiston, NY: Edwin Mellen Press.

Jones, S. G. (Ed.). (1994). Cybersociety: Computer-mediated communication and community.  Newbury Park, CA: Sage.

Jones, S. G. (Ed.). (1997). Virtual culture: Identity and communication in cybersociety.  Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.

Mayer, P. (1999). Computer media and communication: A reader.  New York: Oxford Univ. Press.

Thurlow, C., Lengel, L., & Tomic, A. (2004). Computer mediated communication. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.

Wood, A. F., & Smith, M. J. (2001).  Online communication: Linking technology, identity, and culture. Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.

 

Convergence:

Baldwin, T. F., McVoy, D. S., & Steinfield, C. (1995). Convergence: Integrating media, information, and communication.  Newbury Park, CA: Sage.

Gillett, S. E., Vogelsang, I. (Eds.). (1999). Competition, regulation, and convergence: Current trends in telecommunication policy research. Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.

Grant, A. E., & Wilkinson, J.S. (Eds.). (2009).  Understanding media convergence: The state of the field.  New York: Oxford Univ. Press.

Jenkins, H. (2008).  Convergence culture: Where old and new media collide.  New York: NYU Prerss.

Lawson-Borders, G. (2005). Media organizations and convergence: Case studies of media convergence pioneers. Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.

 

Internet and Virtual Reality:

Attkisson, S., & Vaughan, D.R. (2003).  Writing right for broadcast and Internet news. Boston, MA: Allyn & Bacon.

Biocca, F., & Levy, M. R. (Eds.). (1995). Communication in the age of virtual reality.  Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.

Bolter, J. D., & Gromala, D. (2003). Windows and mirrors: Interaction design, digital art, and the myth of transparency. Cambridge, MA:  MIT Press.

Borden, D. L., & Harvey, K. (Eds.). (1997). The electronic grapevine: Rumor, reputation and reporting in the new on-line environment.  Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.

Brock, G. W. (2003). The second information revolution. Cambridge, MA:  Harvard Univ. Press.

Brook, J., & Boal, I. A. (Eds.). (1995). Resisting the virtual life: The culture and politics of information.  San Francisco, CA: City Lights.

Compaigne, B. M. (Ed.). (2001).  Communication policy in transition: The Internet and beyond. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.

Danet, B., & Herring, S.C. (Eds.). (2007). The multilingual Internet: Language, culture, and communication online. Oxford Univ. Press.

Davis, B. H. (1997). Electronic discourse: Linguistic individuals in virtual space.  Albany: State Univ. of New York Press.

Diamond, E., & Silverman, R. A. (1995). White House to your house: Media and politics in virtual America.  Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.

Drucker, S. J., & Gumpert, G. (Eds.). (1999). Real law and virtual space: Communication regulation in cyberspace. Cresskill, NJ: Hampton Press.

Gauntlett, D. (Ed.) (2000).  Web. studies: Rewiring media studies for the digital age. New York: Oxford Univ. Press.

Gauntlett, D., & Horsley, R. (Eds.). (2004). Web. studies (2nd ed.). New York: Arnold.

Gunter, B. (2003).  News and the Net. Mahwah, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum.

Howard, P. N., & Jones, S. (Eds.). (2003). Society online: The Internet in context. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.

Kaye, B. K. (1998). The World Wide Web: A mass communication perspective. Mountain View, CA: Mayfield Publishing Co.

Kiesler, S. (Ed.). (1997). Culture of the Internet.  Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.

Kline, D., & Burstein, D. (2005). Blog! How the newest media revolution is changing politics, business, and culture. New York, NY: CDS Books.

Konijn, B., Utz, S., Tanis, M., & Barnes, S. B. (Eds.). (2008).  Mediated interpersonal communication.  New York: Routledge.

Kovarik, W. (2002).  Web design for the mass media.  Boston, MA: Allyn & Bacon.

Kung, L., Picard, R. G., & Towse, R. (Eds.). (2008).  The Internet and the mass media.  Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.

Lee, L. T. (2004). Online privacy: Personal information v. the Internet. Ames, IA:  Iowa State Univ. Press.

Li, X. (Ed.). (2006).  Internet newspapers: The making of a mainstream medium.  Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.

Margolis, M., & Resnick, D. (2000).  Politics as usual: The Cyberspace “revolution”.  Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.

Markham, A. (1998). Life online: Researching lived experience in cyberspace.  Walnut Creek , CA: AltaMira Press.

Morse, M. (1998). Virtualities: Television, media art, and cyberculture. Bloomington:  Indiana Univ. Press.

Nissenbaum, H. F., & Price, M. E. (Eds.). (2004). Academy & the Internet. New York: Peter Lang.

Noam, E. M., Groebel, J., & Gerbarg, D. (Eds.). (2003). Internet television. Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.

Noll, A. M. (1996). Highway of dreams: A critical view along the information superhighway.  Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.

Owen, B. M. (1999). The Internet challenge to television.  Cambridge, MA: Harvard Univ. Press.

Pavlik, J. V. (1996). New media technology and the information superhighway.  Boston, MA: Allyn & Bacon.

Price, M. E. (Ed.). (1998). The V-chip debate: Content filtering from television to the Internet.  Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.

Rice, R. E., & Katz, J. E. (Eds.). (2001).  The Internet and health communication.  Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.

Salwen, M. B., Garrison, B., & Driscoll, P. D. (2005). Online news and the public. Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.

Samoriski, J. H. (2002).  Issues in cyberspace.  Boston, MA: Allyn & Bacon.

Schumann, D. W., & Thorson, E. (Eds.). (1999). Advertising and the World Wide Web. Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.

Shields, R. (1995). Cultures of Internet: Toward a social theory of cyberspaces and virtual realities.  Newbury Park, CA: Sage.

Shyles, L. (Ed.). (2002).  Deciphering cyberspace: Making the most of digital communication technology. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.

St. Clair Harvey, L. (1999). Eden online: Re-inventing humanity in a technological universe. Cresskill, NJ: Hampton Press.

Strate, L., Jacobson, R. L., & Gibson, S. B. (2002).  Communication and cyberspace: Social interaction in an electronic environment. Cresskill, NJ: Hampton Press.

Van der Geest, T. M. (2001).  Web site design is communication design. Philadelphia, PA: John Benjamins.

Wood, A. F. (2001).  Online communication: Linking technology, culture, and identity. Mahwah, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum.

Zeff, R. L. (1999). Advertising on the Internet. New York: John Wiley & Sons.

 

Satellite:

Luther, S. F. (1988). The United States and the direct broadcast satellite.  New York: Oxford Univ. Press.

Rees, D. W. E. (1990). Satellite communications:  The first quarter century of service. New York:  John Wiley.

 

VCR:

Dobrow, J. R. (1990). Social and cultural aspects of VCR use.  Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.

Ganley, G. D. (1991). The exploding power of personal media.  Norwood, NJ:  Ablex.

Ganley, G. D., & Ganley, O. H. (1987). Global political fallout:  The VCR's first decade.  Norwood, NJ:  Ablex.

Levy, M. R. (1989). The VCR age.  Newbury Park, CA:  Sage.

Marlow, E., & Secunda, E. (1991). Shifting time and space:  The story of videotape. Westport, CT:  Praeger.

 

Other:

Allen, N. (Ed.). (2002). Working with words and images: New steps in an old dance. Westport, CT: Praeger.

Aumente, J. (1987). New electronic pathways (Sage ComText Series, V. 17).  Newbury Park, CA:  Sage.

Axford, B., & Huggins, R. (2001).  New media and politics. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.

Barrett, E., & Redmond, M. (Eds.). (1997). Contextual media: Multimedia and interpretation.  Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.

Batra, N. D. (1991). A self-renewing society: The role of TV and communications technology.  Lanham, MD: Univ. Press of America.

Becker, L. B., & Shoenbach, K. (1989). Audience responses to media diversification.  Hillsdale, NJ:  Erlbaum.

Bellamy, R. V., & Walker, J. R. (1996). Television and the remote control: Grazing on a vast wasteland. New York: Guilford Publications.

Bennett, J. (2004). Design fundamentals for new media. Clifton Park, NY: Thomson Delmar Learning.

Bennett, W. L. (Ed.). (2008).  Civic life online: Learning how digital media can engage youth. Cambridge, MA: The MIT Press.

Berker, T., Hartmann, M., Punie, Y., & Ward, K. (Eds.). (2005). Domestication of media and technology. Berkshire: Open University Press.

Blake, B. (2002).  How to do everything with Macromedia Flash MX.  Berkeley, CA: Osborne/McGraw-Hill.

Bolter, J. D., & Grusin, R. (1999). Remediation: Understanding new media.  Cambridge, MA: The MIT Press.

Brody, E. W. (1990). Communication tomorrow.  Westport, CT:  Greenwood Publishing.

Buckingham, D., & Willett, R. (Eds.). (2006). Digital generations: Children, young people, and the new media. Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.

Bucy, E. P., & Newhagen, J. E. (Eds.). (2003). Media access: Social and psychological dimensions of new technology use. Mahwah, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum.

Calvert, S. L. (1999). Children’s journeys through the information age. New York: McGraw-Hill.

Couch, C. J. (1996). Information technologies and social order.  Hawthorne, NY:  Aldine de Gruyter.

DeFleur, M. H. (1997). Computer-assisted investigative reporting. Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.

Dewdney, A., & Ride, P. (2006). The new media handbook. New York: Routledge.

Dholakia, R. R., Mundorf, N., & Dholakia, N. (Eds.). (1996). New infotainment technologies in the home: Demand-side perspectives.  Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.

Dizard, W. P. (1997). Old media, new media: Mass communication in the information age.  White Plains, NY: Longman.

Ernst, M., & Oettinger, A. (Eds.). (1993). Mastering the changing information world.  Norwood, NJ: Ablex.

Everett, A., & Caldwell, J. T. (Eds.). (2003). New media: Theories and practices of digitextuality. New York: Routledge.

Fidler, R. (1997). Mediamorphosis: Understanding new media. Thousand Oaks, CA: Pine Forge Press.

Flew, T. (2005). New media: An introduction. New York, NY: Oxford Univ. Press.     

Foldvary, F. E. (Ed.). (2003). Half-life of policy rationales: How new technology affects old policy issues. New York: New York Univ. Press.

Fuery, K. (2009).  New Media: Culture and image.  New York: Palgrave Macmillan.

Gandy, O. H. (1993). The panoptic sort: A political economy of personal information.  Boulder, CO: Westview Press.

Garry, P. M. (1994). Scrambling for protection: The new media and the First Amendment. Pittsburgh, PA: Univ. of Pittsburgh Press.

Groebel, J., Noam, E. M., & Feldman, V. (Eds.). (2006). Mobile media: Content and services for wireless communications.  Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.

Hanson, J. (Ed.). (1993). Advances in telematics (Vol. 2).  Norwood, NJ: Ablex.

Harries, D. (Ed.). (2002). The new media book. London:  British Film Institute.

Hartley, J. (Ed.). (2005). Creative industries. Malden, MA: Blackwell.

Hassan, R., & Thomas, J. (Eds.) (2006). The new media theory reader. Berkshire: Open Univ. Press.

Heath, S. (1999).  Multimedia and communications technology. Oxford: Butterworth-Heinemann.

Heap, N., et al. (Eds.). (1995). Information technology and society.  Newbury Park, CA: Sage.

Hilliard, R. C., & Keith, M. C. (1999). The hidden screen: Low-power television in America. Armonk, NY:  M.E. Sharpe.

Hobart, M. E., & Schiffman, Z. S. (1998). Information ages: Literacy, numeracy, and the computer revolution. Philadelphia, PA: Johns Hopkins Univ. Press.

Howard, S. (1997). Wired up: Young people and the electronic media. Bristol, PA.: Taylor & Francis Group.

Jacko, J. A., & Sears, A. (Eds.). (2003).  The human-computer interaction handbook. Mahwah, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum.

Johnston, C. B. (1998). Viewers, victims, and victors: The impact of new communications technologies.  Westport, CT: Greenwood.

Katz, J. (1997). Media rants: Postpolitics in the digital nation.  San Francisco, CA: Hardwired.

King, G., & Krzywinska, T. (Eds.). (2003). Screenplay: Cinema/videogame/interfaces. New York: Wallflower.

Kluitenberg, E. (2008).  Delusive spaces: Essays on culture, media and technology.  Rotterdam: NAi Publishers.

Kovach, B., & Rosenstiel, T. (1999).  Warp speed: America in the age of mixed media.  Century Foundation.

Levinson, P. (2001). Digital McLuhan: A Guide to the Information Millennium.  New York: Routledge.

Lievrouw, L. A., & Livingstone, S. (Eds.). (2002). The handbook of new media. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.

Lin, C. A, & Atkin, D. J. (Eds.). (2007). Communication technology and social change: Theory and implications.  Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.

Ling, R. S. (2008).  New tech, new ties: How mobile communication is reshaping social cohesion. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.

Lister, M., Dovey, J., Giddings, S., Grant, I., & Kelly, K. (2009).  New media: A critical introduction (2nd Ed.).  New York, NY: Routledge.

Livingstone, S. (2002).  Young people and new media: Childhood and the changing media environment. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.

Livingstone, S., & Lievrouw, L. A. (Eds.). (2002).  Handbook of new media: Social shaping and consequences of ICTs. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.

Lovink, G. (2002).  Dark fiber: Tracking critical Internet culture. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.

Lyle, J., & McLeod, D. B. (1992). Communication, media, and change.  Mountain View, CA: Mayfield Publishing Co.

Manovich, L. (2001).  Language of new media.  Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.

Marsh, J. (2005). Popular culture, new media and digital literacy in early childhood. New York:  Routledge.

Marshall, P. D. (2004). New media cultures. London: Hodder Arnold.                         

Mattelart, A. (2003). The information society: An introduction. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.

Meadow, C. T. (1998). Ink into bits: A web of converging media.  Lanham, MD: Scarecrow Press.

Metzger, M. J., & Flanagin, A. J. (Eds.). (2008).  Digital media, youth, and credibility.  Cambridge, MA:  MIT Press.

Mirabito, M., & Morgenstern, B. L. (1989?). The new communication technologies. Stoneham, MA:  Focal Press.

Price, M. E. (Ed.). (1998). The V-chip debate: Content filtering from television to the Internet.  Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.

Sawhney, H., & Barnett, G. A. (1998). Progress in communication sciences: Advances in telecommunications.  Stamford, CT: Ablex.

Stafford, M. R., & Faber, R. J. (Eds.). (2005). Advertising, promotion, and new media. Armonk, NY: M.E. Sharpe.

Strangelove, M. (2005). The empire of mind: Digital piracy and the anti-capitalist movement. Toronto: University of Toronto Press.

Sussman, L. R. (1990?). Power, the press and the technology of freedom: The coming of ISDN. Lanham, MD: National Book Network.

Taylor, P. (2005). Digital concepts: The cultural context of new information technologies. New York, NY: Routledge.

Thorburn, D. (Ed.). (2003). Rethinking media change: The aesthetics of transition. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.

Van de Donk, W., Loader, B. D., & Rucht, D. (2004). Cyberprotest : New media, citizens and social movements. New York: Routledge.

van Oostendorp, H. (Ed.). (2002). Cognition in a digital world. Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.

Veltman, K. H. (2006). Understanding new media: Augmented knowledge & culture. Calgary: Univ. Calgary Press.

Williams, F., Rice, R. E., & Rogers, E. M. (1988). Research methods and the new media.  New York:  Free Press.

Willis, J. (1994). The age of multimedia.  Westport, CT: Praeger.

Wilson, K. G. (1988). Technologies of control.  Madison:  Univ. of Wisconsin Press.

Winston, B. (1998). Media technology and society: A history from the telegraph to the Internet. New York: Routledge.

Wollen, T., & Haywood, P. (Eds.). (1993). Future visions: New technologies of the screen.  London: British Film Institute.

Zysman, J., & Newman, A. (Eds.). (2006). How revolutionary was the digital revolution? National responses, market transitions, and global technology. Stanford, CA: Stanford Univ. Press.

 

Ownership & Media Economics:

 

Albarran, A. B. (1996). Media economics: Understanding markets, industries and concepts.  Ames, IA:  Iowa State Univ. Press.

Albarran, A. B. (2002).  Media economics: Understanding markets, industries and concepts (2nd ed.).  Ames, IA: Iowa State Press.

Albarran, A. B., & Arrese, A. (Eds.). (2003). Time and media markets. Mahwah, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum.

Albarran, A. B., & Chan-Olmsted, ? (Eds.). (1998). Global media economics: Commercialization, concentration and integration of world media markets. Ames, IA:  Iowa State Univ. Press.

Albarran, A. B., Chan-Olmsted, S. M. & Wirth, M. O. (Eds.). (2005). Handbook of media management and economics. Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.

Alexander, A., Owers, J., & Carveth, R. (Eds.). (1993, 1997). Media economics: Theory and practice  (eds. 1, 2). Hillsdale, NJ:  Erlbaum.

Alger, D. (1998). Megamedia: How giant corporations dominate mass media, distort competition, and endanger democracy.  Lanham, MD: Rowman & Littlefield.

Anderson, R. (Ed.). (2000).  Critical studies in media commercialism.  New York: Oxford Univ. Press.

Bagdikian, B. H. (1990). Media monopoly (3rd ed.).  Boston, MA: Beacon.

Bagdikian, B. H. (2000).  Media monopoly (6th ed.).  Boston, MA: Beacon.

Bagdikian, B. H. (2004). The new media monopoly. Boston, MA: Beacon.

Baker, C. E. (2002).  Media, markets, and democracy. New York: Cambridge Univ. Press.

Barker, C.E. (2007). Media concentration and democracy: Why ownership matters.  New York: Cambridge Univ. Press.

Barnouw, E., Miller, M.C., & Gitlin, T. (1998). Conglomerates and the media.  New York: New Press.

Berko, R. M., et al. (1990). This business of communicating.  Dubuque, IA:  Brown & Benchmark.

Bettig, R. V., & Hall, J. L. (2002).  Big media, big money: Cultural texts and political economics. Lanham, MD: Rowman & Littlefield.

Cohen, E. D. (Ed.). (2005). News incorporated: Corporate media ownership and its threat to democracy. Amherst, NY: Pyr Books.

Comor, E. A. (Ed.). (1994). The global economy of communication: Hegemony, telecommunication and the information economy.  New York: St. Martin’s Press.

Compaine, B. M., & Gomery, D. (2000).  Who owns the media? Competition and concentration in the mass media industry (3rd ed.). Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.

Croteau, D., & Haynes, W. (2001).  The business of media: Corporate media and the public interest. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.

Demers, D. P. (1996). The menace of the corporate newspaper: Fact or fiction.  Ames, IA:  Iowa State Univ. Press.

Einstein, M. (2003). Media diversity: Economics, ownership, and the FCC. Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.

Harper, J., & Yantek, T. (Eds.). (2003). Media, profit, and politics: Competing priorities in an open society. Kent, OH: Kent State Univ. Press.

Hepworth, M. E. (1990). Geography of the information economy.  New York: Guilford Publications.

Hoskins, C., McFadyen, S., & Finn, A. (2004). Media economics: Applying economics to new and traditional media. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.

Hoynes, W. (1994). Public television for sale: Media, the market, and the public sphere.  Boulder, CO:  Westview Press.

Kaplar, R. T. (1997). Cross-ownership at the crossroads: The case for repealing the FCC’s newspaper/broadcast cross ownership ban.  Washington, DC: The Media Institute.

Lloyd, M. (2006). Prologue to a farce: Democracy and communication in America. Urbana, IL:  Univ. of Illinois Press.

McChesney, R. W. (2004). Corporate media and the threat to democracy. New York: Seven Stories Press.

McChesney, R. W. (2008).  The political economy of media: Enduring issues, emerging dilemmas.  New York: Monthly Review Press.

McChesney, R.W., & Nichols, J. (2004). Our media, not theirs: The democratic struggle against corporate media. New York: Seven Stories Press.

Napoli, P. M. (2003). Audience economics. New York: Columbia Univ. Press.

Owen, B. M., & Wildman, S. S. (1992). Video economics.  Cambridge, MA: Harvard Univ. Press.

Picard, R. G. (1989). Media economics.  Newbury Park, CA:  Sage.

Picard, R. G., et al. (1988). Press concentration and monopoly.  Norwood, NJ: Ablex.

Picard, R. G. (Ed.). (2003). Media firms: Structures, operations, and performance. Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.

Rice, R. E. (Ed.). (2008).  Media ownership: Research and regulation.  Cresskill, NJ: Hampton Press.

Salvaggio, J. L. (1990). The information society:  Economic, social, and structural issues. Hillsdale, NJ:  Erlbaum.

Skinner, D. (2005). Converging media, diverging politics: A political economy of news media in the United States and Canada. Lexington, MA: Lexington Press.

Steinbock, D. (1995). Triumph and erosion in the American media and entertainment industries. Westport, CT:  Quorum Books.

Warner, C., & Buchman, J. G. (2003). Media selling: Broadcast, interactive, and print (3rd ed.). Ames, IA: Iowa State Univ. Press.

Woodhull, N. J., & Snyder, R. W. (1997). Media mergers. New Brunswick, NJ: Transaction Books.

 

Policy & Law:

 

Advertising Regulation:

Gartner, M. (1988). Advertising and the First Amendment.  Winchester, MA:  Unwin Hyman.

Kupferman, T. R. (Ed.). (1990). Advertising and commercial speech (readings from Communications and the Law, 4).  Westport, CT:  Meckler.

 

First Amendment & Censorship:

Barbrook, R. (1995). Media freedom: The contradictions of communications in the age of modernity.  Boulder, CO: Westview Press.

Brasch, W. M., & Ulloth, D. R.(2001).  Social foundations of the mass media. Lanham. MD: University Press of America.

Bruschke, J., & Loges, W.E. (2004). Free press vs. fair trials: Examining publicity’s role in trial outcomes. Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.

Bunker, M. D. (1996). Justice and the media: Reconciling fair trials and a free press.  Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.

Burns, K. (Ed.). (2004). Censorship. San Diego, CA: Greenhaven Press.

Carpenter, T. G. (1995). The captive press: Foreign policy crises and the First Amendment. Washington, DC: Cato Institute.

Cook, T. E. (2005). Freeing the presses: The First Amendment in action.  Baton Rouge, LA: Louisiana State Univ. Press.

de Grazia, E. (1992). Girls lean back everywhere: The law of obscenity and the assault on genius.  New York:  Random House.

Demac, D. A. (1988). Liberty denied:  The current rise of censorship in America.  New York:  PEN America Center.

Dennis, E. E., et al. (1989). Media freedom and accountability. Westport, CT:  Greenwood Press.

Dickerson, D. L. (1990). The course of tolerance: Freedom of press in nineteenth century America. Westport, CT: Greenwood Press.

Drucker, S. J., & Gumpert, G. (Eds.). (1999). Real law and virtual space: Communication regulation in cyberspace. Cresskill, NJ: Hampton Press.

Foerstel, H. N. (1998). Banned in the media: A reference guide to censorship in the press, motion pictures, broadcasting, and the Internet.  Westport, CT: Greenwood.

Garry, P. M. (1994). Scrambling for protection: The new media and the First Amendment.  Pittsburgh: Univ. of Pittsburgh Press.

Guins, R. (2009).  Edited clean version: Technology and the culture of control.  Minneapolis: Univ. of Minnesota Press.

Hamilton, J. (Ed.). (1998). Television violence and public policy. Ann Arbor: Univ. of Michigan.

Ingelhart, L. E. (1987). Press freedoms.  Westport, CT:  Greenwood Press.

Ingelhart, L. E. (1993). Student publications: Legalities, governance, and operation.  Ames, IA:  Iowa State Univ. Press.

Jansen, S. C. (1988). Censorship:  The knot that binds power and knowledge.  New York: Oxford Univ. Press.

Kupferman, T. R. (Ed.). (1990). Censorship, secrecy access, and obscenity (Readings from Communications and the Law, 3).  Westport, CT:  Meckler.

Leff, L. J. (1990). Dame in the kimono: Hollywood, censorship, and the Production Code from the 1920s to the 1960s.  New York: Grove Weidenfeld.

Lichtenberg, J. (Ed.). (1990). Democracy and mass media.  New York: Cambridge Univ. Press.

MacArthur, J. R. (1992). Second front: Censorship and propaganda in the Gulf War.  Berkeley: University of California Press.

McChesney, R.W., & Scott, B. (2004). Our unfree press: 100 years of radical media criticism. New York: New Press.

Meiklejohn, A. (2001). Free speech and its relation to self-government. (Reprint of a 1948 book.). Clark, NJ: The Lawbook Exchange, Ltd.

Minow, N. N., & LaMay, C. L. (1996). Abandoned in the wasteland: Children, television, and the First Amendment.  New York: Hill & Wang.

Phillips, P. (2005).  Censored 2006: The top 25 censored stories. New York, NY: Seven Stories Press.

Phillips, P., & Schechter, D. (1998). Censored 1998: The news that didn’t make the news.  New York: Seven Stories Press.

Price, M.E. (ed.)(1998).  The V-Chip Debate: Content Filtering from Television to the Internet.  Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.

Sableman, M., & Simon, P. (1997). More speech, not less: Communications law in the information age. Carbondale, IL: Southern Illinois Univ. Press.

Saunders, K. W. (1996). Violence as obscenity: Limiting the media’s First Amendment protections.  Durham, NC:  Duke Univ. Press.

Sharkey, J. (1995). Under fire: U.S. military restrictions on the media from Grenada to the Persian Gulf.  Lanham, MD:  University Press of America.

Smith, J. A. (1990). Printers and press freedom.  New York:  Oxford Univ. Press.

Smolla, R. A. (1992). Free speech in an open society.  New York: Alfred A. Knopf.

Spring, J. (1992). Images of American life: A history of ideological management in schools, movies, radio, and television.  Albany: State Univ. of New York Press.

Starker, S. (1989). Evil influences:  Crusades against the mass media.  New Brunswick, NJ: Transaction Books.

Van Alstyne, W. W. (1990). Interpretations of the First Amendment.  Durham, NC:  Duke Univ. Press.

Wright, R. G. (1990). The future of free speech law.  Westport, CT: Greenwood Press.

 

Libel:

Barendt, E., & Lustgarten, L. (1997). Libel law and the media: The chilling effect. New York: Oxford Univ. Press.

Hopkins, W. W. (1989). Actual Malice.  Westport, CA: Praeger.

Kupferman, T. R. (Ed.). (1990). Defamation:  Libel and slander (Readings from Communications and the Law, 1).  Westport, CT:  Meckler.

Smolla, R. A. (1990). Jerry Falwell v. Larry Flint:  The First Amendment on trial. Champaign:  Univ. of Illinois Press.

 

Other:

Aufderheide, P. (1998). Communications policy and the public interest: The Telecommunications Act of 1996.  New York: Guilford Publications.

Braman, S. (Ed.). (2003). Communication researchers and policy-making. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.

Brock, G. W. (1994). Telecommunication policy for the information age: From monopoly to competition.  Cambridge, MA: Harvard Univ. Press.

Brock, G. W., & Rosston, G. L. (Eds.). (1996). The Internet and telecommunications policy.  Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.

Brotman, S. N. (1990). Telephone company and cable television competition.  Norwood, MA:  Artech House.

Campbell, D. S. (1990). The Supreme Court and the mass media.  Westport, CT: Praeger.

Cohen, J. E. (1992). The politics of telecommunications regulation:  The states and the divestiture of AT&T.  Armonk, NY:  M.E. Sharpe.

Cohen, J., & Gleason, T. (1990).  Social research in communication and law. Newbury Park, CA:  Sage.

Collins, R., & Murroni, C. (1996). New media, new policies: Media and communication strategy for the future.  New York:  Blackwell.

Compaigne, B. M. (Ed.). (2001).  Communication policy in transition: The Internet and beyond. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.

Crandall, R. W. (1995). Talk is cheap: Declining costs, new competition, and regulatory reform in telecommunication.  Washington, DC: Brookings Institution.

Creech, K. C. (1995). Electronic media law and regulation (2nd ed.).  Woburn, MA: Butterworth-Heinmann.

Fineman, M. A., & McCluskey, M. T. (Eds.). (1997). Feminism, media, and the law. New York: Oxford Univ. Press.

Foldvary, F. E. (Ed.). (2003). Half-life of policy rationales: How new technology affects old policy issues. New York: New York Univ. Press.

Giles, R., & Snyder, R. W. (Eds.). (1998). Covering the courts: Free press, fair trials and journalistic performance. New Brunswick, NJ: Transaction Books.

Hixon, R. F. (1989). Mass media and the constitution.  New York:  Garland Publishing.

Hopkins, W. W. (Ed.). (1997). Communication and the law.  Northport: Vision Press.

Howitt, D. (1998). Crime, the media, and the law. New York: John Wiley.

Kaplar, R. T. (Ed.). (1991). Beyond the courtroom:  Alternatives for resolving press disputes. Washington, DC:  The Media Institute.

Kaplar, R. T. (1997).  Cross-ownership at the crossroads: The case for repealing the FCC’s newspaper/broadcast cross ownership ban.  Washington, DC: The Media Institute.

Katsh, M. E. (1989). The electronic media and the transformation of law.  New York: Oxford Univ. Press.

Katz, Y. (2005). Media policy for the 21st century in the United States and Western Europe. Cresskill, NJ: Hampton Press.

Kupferman, T. R. (Ed.). (1990).  Privacy & Publicity (Readings from Communications and the Law, 2).  Westport, CT:  Meckler.

Lacy, S., & Simon, T. S. (1991). The economics and regulation of United States newspapers. Norwood, NJ:  Ablex.

Le Duc, D. R. (1987). Beyond broadcasting:  Patterns in policy and law. New York:  Longman. 

Lively, D. E. (1991). Modern communications law.  Westport, CT: Greenwood Press.

Lundstedt, S. B. (Ed.). (1990). Telecommunications, values and the public interest.  Norwood, NJ:  Ablex.

McQuail, D. (1992). Media performance: Mass communication and the public interest.  Newbury Park, CA: Sage.

Middleton, K. R., & Chamberlin, D. (1988). The law of public communication.  New York: Longman.

Middleton, K. R., Trager, R., & Chamberlin, B. F. (2002).  The law of public communication.  Boston, MA: Allyn & Bacon.

Nieto, A., & Schmitt, J. F. (2005). A student’s guide to mass communication law. Lanham, MD: Rowman & Littlefield.

Noll, R. G., & Price, M. E. (Eds.). (1998). A communications cornucopia: Markle Foundation essays on information policy. Washington, DC: Brookings Institution Press.

Moore, R. L. (1994). Communication law and ethics.  Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.

Noam, E. M., & Pogorel, G. (Eds.). (1993). Asymmetric deregulation: The dynamics of telecommunications policy in Europe and the U.S.  Norwood, NJ: Ablex.

Paglin, M. D. (1990). A legislative history of the Communications Act of 1934. New York: Oxford Univ. Press.

Savage, J. G. (1989). The politics of international telecommunication regulation.  Boulder, CO:  Westview Press.

Schmandt, J.,  Williams, F., & Wilson, R. (Eds.). (1989). Telecommunications policy and economic development: The new state role. New York: Praeger.

Smith, L., Meeske, M. D., & Wright, J. W. (1995). Electronic media and government: The regulation of wireless and wired mass communication in the United States.  White Plains, NY: Longman.

Strangelove, M. (2005). The empire of mind: Digital piracy and the anti-capitalist movement. Toronto: University of Toronto Press.

Talbott, J. N. (1997). New media: Intellectual property, entertainment & technology law.  Clark Boardman Callaghan.

Wallenstein, G. (1989). The suprapower of telecommunication standards. Norwood, MA: Artech House.

Watkins, J. J. (1990). Mass media and the law.  Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Prentice Hall.

 

Political Communication:

 

Advertising in Political Campaigns:

Bennett, W. L. (1991). The governing crisis:  Media, money, and marketing in American elections.  New York:  St. Martin's Press.

Biocca, F. (1991). Television and political advertising (2 Vols.).  Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.

Diamond, E., & Bates, S. (1988). The spot:  The rise of political advertising on television (2nd ed.).  Cambridge, MA:  MIT Press.

Jamieson, K. H. (1992). Dirty politics: Deception, distraction, and democracy.  New York: Oxford Univ. Press.

Jamieson, K. H. (1997). The interplay of influence: News, advertising, politics, and the mass media (4th ed.).  Belmont, CA: Wadsworth.

Johnson-Cartee, K., & Copeland G. (1991). Negative political advertising.  Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.

Kaid, L. L., Nimmo, D., & Sanders, K. R. (Eds.). (1986). New perspectives on political advertising.  Carbondale, IL: Southern Illinois Univ. Press.

Kaid, L. L., & Holtz-Bacha, C. (Eds.). (1994). Political advertising in Western democracies.   Newbury Park, CA: Sage.

Kern, M. (1989).  30‑second politics.  Westport, CT:  Praeger.

Newman, B. I. (1993). The making of the president: Political marketing as campaign strategy.  Newbury Park, CA: Sage.

West, D. M. (1993). Air wars: Television advertising in political campaigns:  1952-1992.  Washington, DC:  CQ Press.

 

Presidential Debates:

Carlin, D. B., & McKinney, M. S. (Eds.). (1994). The 1992 presidential debates in focus.  Westport, CT: Praeger.

Hellweg, S. A., et al.  (1992). Televised presidential debates.  Westport, CT: Praeger.

Jamieson, K. H., & Birdsell, D. (1990). Presidential debates.  New York: Oxford Univ. Press.

Kraus, S. (1988). Televised presidential debates and public policy.  Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.

Kraus, S. (2000). Televised presidential debates and public policy (2nd ed.). Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.

 

Other:

Alger, D. E. (1996). The media and politics.  (2nd ed.).  Belmont, CA: Wadsworth.

Alger, D. E. (1998). Megamedia: How giant corporations dominate mass media, distort competition, and endanger democracy.  Lanham, MD: Rowman & Littlefield.

Altschull, J. H. (1995). Agents of power: The media and public policy.  (2nd ed.).  White Plains , NY: Longman.

Artz, L., & Kamalipour, Y. R. (Eds.). (2005). Bring `em on: Media and politics in the Iraq war. Lanham, MD: Rowman & Littlefield.

Axford, B., & Huggins, R. (2001).  New media and politics. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.

Baumgartner, F. R., & Jones, B. D. (1993). Agendas and instability in American politics.  Chicago: University of Chicago Press.

Baumgartner, J., & Morris, J. S. (Eds.) (2008).  Laughing matters: Humor and American politics in the media age. New York:  Routledge.

Becker, T., & Slaton, C. D. (2000).  The future of teledemocracy. Westport, CT: Praeger.

Berger, A. A. (1990). Agitpop: Political culture and communication theory.  New Brunswick, NJ:  Transaction Books.

Blumler, J., & Gurevitch, M. (1995). Political communication.  New York: Routledge.

Cavanaugh, J. W. (1995). Media effects on voters: A panel study of the 1992 presidential election.  Lanham, MD: University Press of America.

Cohen, J. E. (2009).  The presidency in the era of 24-hour news.  Princeton, NJ: Princeton Univ. Press.

Corner, J., & Pels, D. (Eds.). (2003). Media and the restyling of politics. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.

Comstock, G. A., & Scharrer, E. (2005). The psychology of media and politics. Burlington, MA: Elsevier Academic Press.

Crawford, C. (2005).  Attack the messenger: How politicians turn you against the media.  Lanham, MD: Rowman & Littlefield.

Crewe, I., Gosschalk, B. (Eds.). (1994). Political communication: The general election campaign of 1992.  New York: Cambridge Univ. Press.

Crigler, A. C. (Ed.). (1996). The psychology of political communication.  Ann Arbor, MI: Univ. of Michigan Press.

Croteau, D., & Hoynes, W. (1994).  By invitation only: How the media limit political debate.  Monroe, ME: Common Courage.

Cunningham, L. (1995). Talking politics: Choosing the president in the television age.  Westport, CT: Praeger.

Dahlgren, P. (2009).  Media and political engagement: Citizens, communication, and democracy.  New York: Cambridge Univ. Press.

Dautrich, K., Hartley, T.H. (1999). How the news media fail American voters: Causes, consequences, and remedies. New York: Columbia Univ. Press.

Davis, R. (Ed.). (1994). Politics and the media.  Englewood Cliffs, NJ:  Prentice Hall.

Davis, R. (1995). The press and American politics: The new mediator.  White Plains, NY: Longman.

Davis, R., & Owen, D. (1998). New media and American politics. New York: Oxford Univ. Press.

Dearing, J. W., & Rogers, E. M. (1996). Agenda setting. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.

Denton, R. E. (1991). Ethical dimensions of political communication.  Westport, CT: Praeger.

Denton, R. E. (1994). The 1992 presidential campaign: A communications perspective.  Westport, CT: Praeger.

Denton, R. E. (Ed.). (1998). The 1996 presidential campaign: A communication perspective. Westport, CT: Greenwood Press.

Denton, R. E. (Ed.). (2002).  The 2000 presidential campaign: A communication perspective. Westport, CT: Praeger.

Denton, R. E. (Ed.). (2005). The 2004 presidential campaign: A communication perspective. Lanham, MD: Rowman & Littlefield.

Denton, R. E., & Holloway, R. L. (Eds.). (1996). The Clinton presidency: Images, issues, and communication strategies.  Westport, CT: Greenwood Press.

Denton, R. E., & Woodward, G. C. (1990). Political communication in America. Westport, CT: Praeger.

Diamond, E., & Silverman, R. A. (1995). White House to your house: Media and politics in virtual America.  Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.

Dye, T. R. (1999). American politics in the media age (5th ed.). San Diego, CA: Harcourt.

Edwards, L. (2001).  Mediapolitik: How the mass media have transformed world politics. Washington, DC: Catholic University of America Press.

Entman, R. M. (1989). Democracy without citizens:  Media and the decay of American politics.  New York: Oxford Univ. Press.

Esser, F., & Pfetsch, B. (Eds.). (2004). Comparing political communication: Theories, cases, and challenges. New York: Cambridge University Press.

Exoo, C. F. (1994). The politics of the mass media.  Saint Paul: West Publishing.

Farnsworth, S. J., & Lichter, S. R. (2005). The mediated presidency: Television news and presidential governance. Lanham, MD: Rowman & Littlefield.

Foote, J. S. (1990). Television access and political power:  The networks, the presidency, and the "loyal opposition".  New York:  Praeger.

Friedenberg, R. V. (1997). Communication consultants in political campaigns: Ballot box warriors. Westport, CT: Greenwood Press.

Fritz, B., Keefer, B., & Nyhan, B. (2004). All the president’s spin: George W. Bush, the media, and the truth. New York: Simon & Schuster.

Gaunt, P. (Ed.). (1993). Beyond agendas: New directions in communication research.  Westport, CT:  Greenwood Press.

Graber, D. A. (1988). Mass media and American politics (3rd ed.). Washington, DC: CQ Press.

Graber, D. A. (Ed.). (1993). Media power in politics.  Washington, DC: CQ Press.

Graber, D. A. (2001).  Processing politics: Learning from television in the Internet age. Chicago: University of Chicago Press.

Graber, D. A., McQuail, D., & Norris, P. (Eds.). (1998).  The politics of news: The news of politics. Washington, DC:  CQ Press.

Graber, D. A., McQuail, D., & Norris, P. (Eds.). (2008).  The politics of news: The news of politics (2nd Ed.). Washington, DC: CQ Press.

Hallin, D. C., & Mancini, P. (2004). Comparing media systems: Three models of media and politics. New York:  Cambridge Univ. Press.

Hamm, T. (2008).  The new blue media: How Michael Moore, MoveOn.org, Jon Stewart and company are transforming progressive politics.  New York: New Press.

Hart, R. P. (1994). Seducing America: How television charms the modern voter.  New York: Oxford Univ. Press.

Hart, R. P. (2000). Campaign talk: Why elections are good for us.  Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press.

Harper, J., & Yantek, T. (Eds.). (2003). Media, profit, and politics: Competing priorities in an open society. Kent, OH: Kent State Univ. Press.

Harvey, L. S. (1994). Stolen thunder: The cultural roots of political communication.  Peter Lang Publishing.

Hassan, R. (2004). Media, politics and the network society.  Berkshire: Open University Press.

Henaff, M., & Strong, T. B. (Eds.) (2001).  Public space and democracy. Minneapolis: Univ. of Minnesota Press.

Hollihan, T. A. (2001).  Uncivil wars: Political campaigns in a media age.  Boston, MA: Bedford/St. Martin’s.

Howard, P. N. (2006). New media campaigns and the managed citizen. New York, NY: Cambridge Univ. Press.

Iyengar, S. (1991). Is anyone responsible?  How television frames political issues. Chicago:  Univ. of Chicago Press.

Iyengar, S., & Reeves, R. (Eds.). (1996). Do the media govern?  Politicians, voters, and reporters in America. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.

Jackson, D. J. (2002).  Entertainment and politics: The influence of pop culture on young adult political socialization.  New York, NY: Peter Lang.

Jamieson, K. H. (1988). Packaging the presidency.  New York:  Oxford Univ. Press.

Jamieson, K. H. (1997). Spiral of cynicism: The press and the public good.  New York: Oxford Univ. Press.

Janeway, M. (1999).  Republic of denial: Press, politics, and public life.  New Haven, CT:  Yale Univ. Press.

Johnson, T., Hays, C. E., & Hays, S. P. (Eds.). (1998). Engaging the public: How government and the media can reinvigorate American democracy.  Lanham, MD: Rowman & Littlefield.

Johnson-Cartee, K.S., & Copeland, G. (2004). Strategic political communication: Rethinking social influence, persuasion, and propaganda. Lanham, MD: Rowman & Littlefield.

Johnson-Cartee, K. S. (2005). News narratives and news framing: Constructing political reality. Lanham, MD: Rowman & Littlefield.

Jones, J. P. (2005). Entertaining politics: New political television and civic culture. Lanham, MD: Rowman & Littlefield.

Kahan, M. (1998). Media as politics: Theory, behavior, and change in America.  Paramus, NJ: Prentice Hall.

Kahn, K. (1996).  The political consequences of being a woman: How stereotypes influence the conduct and consequences of political campaigns.  New York:  Columbia Univ. Press.

Kaid, L. L. (Ed.). (2004). Handbook of political communication research. Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.

Kaid, L. L., & Bystrom, D. (Eds.). (1998). The electronic election: Perspectives on the 1996 campaign communication.  Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.

Katz, J. (1997). Media rants: Postpolitics in the digital nation.  San Francisco, CA: Hardwired.

Kellner, D. (2005). Media spectacle and the crisis of democracy: Terrorism, war, and election battles. Boulder, CO: Paradigm.

Kendall, K. E. (2000).  Communication in the presidential primaries: Candidates and the media, 1912-2000. Westport, CT: Praeger.

Kerbel, M. R. (1994). Edited for television: CNN, ABC, and the 1992 presidential campaign.  Boulder, CO: Westview Press.

Kerbel, M. R. (1995). Remote and controlled: Media politics in a cynical age.  Boulder, CO: Westview.

Kraus, S. (1990). Mass communication and political information processing. Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.

Lavrakas, P. J. (Ed.). (1995). Presidential polls and the news media.  Boulder, CO: Westview Press.

Lavrakas, P. J., & Holley, J. K. (Eds.). (1990). Polling and presidential election coverage. Newbury Park, CA:  Sage.

Leighley, J. E. (2003). Mass media and politics: A social science perspective. Boston, MA: Houghton Mifflin.

Lenart, S. (1994). Shaping political attitudes: The impact of interpersonal communication and mass media.  Newbury Park, CA: Sage.

Levine, M. A. (1995). Presidential campaigns and elections: Issues and images in the media (2nd ed.).  Itasca: F.E. Peacock Publications.

Lichter, S. R., Amundson, D., & Noyes, R. (1988). The video campaign: Network coverage of the 1988 primaries. Lanham, MD: Univ. Press of America.

Lichter, S. R., & Noyes, R. (1996). Good intentions make bad news: Why Americans hate campaign journalism.  Lanham, MD:  University Press of America.

Littlewood, T. B. (1998). Calling elections: The history of ‘horserace’ journalism. Notre Dame, IN: Univ. of Notre Dame.

Louw, E. (2005). The media and political process. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.

Margolis, M., & Resnick, D. (2000).  Politics as usual: The Cyberspace “revolution”.  Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.

McChesney, R. W. (1999). Rich media, poor democracy: Communication politics in dubious times. Champaign, IL: Univ. of Illinois Press.

McChesney, R. W. (2004). The problem of the media: U.S. communication politics in the twenty-first century. New York: Monthly Review Press.

McChesney, R. W. (2004). It’s the media, stupid: Unleash the democracy. New York: Seven Stories Press.

McChesney, R. W. (2004). Corporate media and the threat to democracy. New York: Seven Stories Press.

McCombs, M., Shaw, D. L., & Weaver, D. (Eds.). (1997). Communication and democracy: Exploring the intellectual frontiers in agenda-setting theory.  Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.

McCubbins, M. D. (Ed.). (1992). Under the watchful eye: Managing presidential campaigns in the television era.  Washington, DC: CQ Press.

McNair, B. (1999). An introduction to political communication. New York: Routledge.

Meadow, R. G. (1986). Politics as communication (2nd ed.).  Norwood, NJ: Ablex.

Michunas, A., & Pilotta, J. (1998). Technology vs. democracy: Issues in the politics of communication.  Cresskill, NJ: Hampton Press.

Mickelson, S. (1989). From whistlestop to sound bites. Westport, CT: Greenwood Press.

Moy, P. (2000).  With malice toward all?:  The media and public confidence in democratic institutions. Westport, CT: Praeger.

Mutz, D. C. (1998). Impersonal influence: How perceptions of mass collectives affect political attitudes.  New York: Cambridge Univ. Press.

Mutz, D. C., Sniderman, P., & Brody, R. (Eds.). (1996). Political persuasion and attitude change.  Ann Arbor: Univ. of Michigan Press.

Naureckas, J., & Jackson, J. (Eds.). (1996). The FAIR reader: An extra! Review of press and politics in the ‘90s.  Boulder, CO: Westview Press.

Negrine, R. (1996). The communication of politics.  Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.

Negrine, R. M. (1998).  Parliament and the media: A study of Britain, Germany, and France.  London: Pinter.

Norris, P. (Ed.). (1996). Women, media, and politics.  New York: Oxford Univ. Press.

Norris, P., Curtice, J., Sanders, D., Scammell, M., & Semetko, H. A. (1999). On message: Communicating the campaign. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.

Page, B. I. (1996). Who deliberates? Mass media in modern democracy.  Chicago: Univ. of Chicago Press.

Neuman, R., Just, M. R., & Crigler, A. N. (1992). Common knowledge: News and the construction of political meaning.  Chicago: Univ. of Chicago Press.

Nimmo, D., & Combs, J. E. (1990). Mediated political realities (2nd ed.).  White Plains , NY:  Longman.

Nimmo, D., & Combs, J. E. (1992). The political pundits.  Westport, CT:  Praeger Publishers.

O’Shaughnessy, N. J. (2005). Politics and Propaganda: Weapons of mass seduction. Ann Arbor: University of Michigan Press.

Owen, D. (1991). Media messages in American presidential elections.  Westport, CT: Greenwood Press.

Paletz, D. L. (Ed.). (1995). Political communication in action: States, institutions, movements, audiences.  Cresskill, NJ: Hampton Press.

Paletz, D .L. (Ed.). (1997). The media in American politics.  New York: Addison Wesley.

Paletz, D. L. (1999). Media and politics.  New York: Addison Wesley Longman.

Perloff, R. M. (1997). Political communication.  Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.

Pfau, M., Houston, J.B., & Semmler, S.M. (2006). Mediating the vote: The changing media landscape in U.S. presidential campaigns. Lanham, MD: Rowman & Littlefield.

Popkin, S. L. (1991). The reasoning voter: Communication and persuasion in presidential campaigns.  Chicago: Univ. of Chicago Press.

Powell, L., &  Cowart, J. (2003).  Political campaign communication: Inside and out. Boston, MA: Allyn & Bacon.

Pratt, R. (1990). Rhythm and resistance:  Explorations in the political uses of popular music.  Westport, CT:  Praeger.

Price, M. (2004). Media and sovereignty: The global information revolution and its challenge to state power. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.

Sanders, K. (2009).  Communicating politics in the twenty-first century.  New York: Palgrave Macmillan.

Savage, R. L., & Nimmo, D. (1990). Politics in familiar contexts: Projecting politics through popular media.  Norwood, NJ:  Ablex.

Schudson, M. (2008).  Why democracies need an unlovable press.  Malden, MA: Polity.

Schultz, D. A. (Ed.). (2000). It’s show time!: Media, politics, and popular culture.  New York: Peter Lang.

Seib, P. (1994). Campaigns and conscience: The ethics of political journalism.  Westport, CT: Praeger.

Semetko, H. A., Blumler, J. G., et al. (1990). The formation of campaign agendas.  Hillsdale, NJ:  Erlbaum.

Smith, C. (1990). Presidential press conferences: A critical approach.  Westport, CT: Praeger.

Smith, L. D., & Nimmo, D. (1991). Cordial concurrence:  Orchestrating national party conventions in the tele-political age.  New York:  Praeger.

Smoller, F. T. (1990). The six o'clock presidency: A theory of presidential press relations in the age of television.  Westport, CT:  Praeger.

Sparrow, B. H. (1999). Uncertain guardians: The news media as a political institution. Philadelphia, PA: Johns Hopkins Univ. Press.

Stempel, G. H. (Ed.). (1994). The practice of political communication.  Englewood Cliffs, NJ:  Prentice Hall.

Stempel, G. H. (2003). Media and politics in America: A reference handbook. Santa Barbara, CA: ABC-CLIO.

Stempel, G. H., & Windhauser, J. (Eds.). (1991). The media in the 1984 and 1988 presidential campaigns.  Westport, CT: Greenwood Press.

Street, J. (2001).  Mass media, politics and democracy. New York: Palgrave Macmillan.

Stuckey, M. E. (Ed.). (1996). The theory and practice of political communication research.  Albany: State Univ. of New York Press.

Sussman, G. (1997). Communication, technology, and politics in the information age.  Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.

Swanson, D. L., & Mancini, P. (Eds.). (1996). Politics, media, and modern democracy: An international study of innovations in electoral campaigning….  Westport, CT: Praeger.

Swanson, D. L., & Nimmo, D. (1990). New directions in political communication. Newbury Park , CA:  Sage.

Thompson, J. B. (2001).  Political scandal: Power and visibility in the media age. Malden, MA: Polity Press.

Trent, J. S., & Friedenberg, R. (1991). Political campaign communication: Principles and practices.  Westport, CT:  Praeger.

Wheeler, M. C. (1997). Politics and the mass media.  New York: Blackwell.

Whillock, R. K. (1991). Political empiricism:  Communication strategies in state and regional elections.  New York:  Praeger.

Wolfsfeld, G. (1997). Media and political conflict: Contests in the central arena. New York: Cambridge Univ. Press.

Woodward, G. C. (1996). Perspectives on American political media.  Needham Heights: Allyn & Bacon.

Woodward, G. C. (2006). Center stage: Media and the performance of American politics. Lanham, MD: Rowman & Littlefield.

Woodward, G. C., & Denton, R. E. (2000).  Persuasion and influence in American life (4th ed.). Prospect Heights, IL:  Waveland Press.

 

Propaganda & Public Opinion:

 

Abelson, R. P., Frey, K. P., & Gregg, A. P. (Eds.).(2003). Experiments with people. Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.

Anderson, B. (2005). South Park conservatives: The revolt against liberal media bias.  Washington, DC: Regnery Pub.

Barsamian, D., & Chomsky, N. (2001).  Propaganda and the public mind. Boston, MA:  South End Press.

Baum, M. A. (2003). Soft news goes to war: Public opinion and American foreign policy in the new media age. Princeton, NJ: Princeton Univ. Press.

Bernstein, R. J. (2005). The abuse of evil: The corruption of politics and religion since 9/11. Malden, MA: Malden, MA: Polity Press.

Berry, D., McChesney, R., & Theobald, J. (Eds.). (2006). Radical mass media criticism: A cultural genealogy. Saint Paul, MN: Black Rose Books.

Bettig, R. V., & Hall, J. L. (2003). Big media, big money: Cultural texts and political economics. Lanham, MD: Rowman & Littlefield.

Borchers, T. A. (2002). Persuasion in the media age. Boston, MA: McGraw-Hill.

Chilton, P. (1988). Orwellian language and the media.  Winchester, MA: Unwin Hyman.

Chomsky, N. (1989).  Necessary illusions:  Thought control in democratic societies.  Boston, MA:  South End Press.

Chomsky, N. (1997). Media control: The spectacular achievements of propaganda.  New York: Seven Stories Press.

Chomsky, N. (2004). Media control: The spectacular achievements of propaganda (2nd Ed.). New York: Seven Stories Press.

Connelly, M., & Welch, D. (Eds.). (2005). War and the media: Reportage and propaganda, 1900-2003. London: I.B. Tauris & Co.

Crespi, I. (1997). The public opinion process. Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.

Cunningham, S. B. (2002).  The idea of propaganda: A reconstruction. Westport, CT:  Praeger.

Dimaggio, A. R.  (2008).  Mass media, mass propaganda: Examining American news in the "War on Terror".  Lanham, MD: Lexington Books.

Edelstein, A. S. (1997). Total propaganda: From mass culture to popular culture.  Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.

Fan, D. P. (1988). Predictions of public opinion from the mass media. Westport, CT: Greenwood Press.

Fritz, B., Keefer, B., & Nyhan, B. (2004). All the president’s spin: George W. Bush, the media, and the truth. New York: Simon & Schuster.

Glasser, T., & Salmon, C. T. (Eds.). (1995). Public opinion and the communication of consent.  New York: Guilford.

Herman, E. S., & Chomsky, N. (2002).  Manufacturing consent: The political economy of the mass media. New York, NY: Pantheon Books.

Herman, E. S., & McChesney, R. W. (1997). Global media, the missionaries of global capitalism.  New York: Cassell Academic.

Herman, E. S., & Wuerker, M. (1996). Beyond hypocrisy: Decoding the news in an age of propaganda. Boston: South End Press.

Jowett, G. S., & O`Donnell, V. (1986). Propaganda and persuasion.  Beverly Hills, CA: Sage.

Jowett, G. S., & O’Donnell, V. (1999). Propaganda and persuasion (3rd ed.). Thousand Oaks, CA: sage.

Kellner, D. (2005). Media spectacle and the crisis of democracy: Terrorism, war, and election battles. Boulder, CO: Paradigm.

Kennamer, J. D. (Ed.). (1994). Public opinion, the press, and public policy.  Westport, CT: Praeger.

Kick, R. (Ed.). (2001).  You are being lied to: The disinformation guide to media distortion, historical whitewashes and cultural myths. Disinformation Company.

Klaehn, J. (Ed.). (2005). Filtering the news: Essays on Herman & Chomsky’s propaganda model. Saint Paul, MN: Black Rose Books.

Laufer, R., & Paradeise, C. (1990). Marketing democracy: Public opinion and media formation in democratic societies. New Brunswick, NJ: Transaction Books.

Lewis, J. (2001).  Constructing public opinion. New York: Columbia Univ. Press.

Luke, T. W. (1990). Screens of power: Ideology, domination and resistance in informational society. Champaign:  Univ. of Illinois Press.

MacArthur, J. R. (1992). Second front: Censorship and propaganda in the Gulf War.  Berkeley: Univ. of California Press.

McChesney, R. W. (2004). The problem of the media: U.S. communication politics in the twenty-first century. New York: Monthly Review Press.

McCombs, M. (2001).  Setting the agenda: The news media and public opinion. Malden, MA: Polity Press.

McCombs, M., Einsiedel, E., & Weaver, D. (1991). Contemporary public opinion: Issues and the news.  Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.

Miller, D. (Ed.). (2004). Tell me lies: Propaganda and media distortion in the attack on Iraq.  London: Pluto Press.

Moloney, K. (2006). Rethinking public relations: PR, Propaganda, and Democracy (2nd ed.). New York:  Routledge.

Nichols, J., & McChesney, R. W. (2005). Tragedy and farce: How the American media sell wars, spin elections, and destroy democracy. New York, NY: New Press.

O’Shaughnessy, N. J. (2005). Politics and Propaganda: Weapons of mass seduction. Ann Arbor: University of Michigan Press.

Philo, G., & Berry, M. (2004). Bad news from Israel. London: Pluto Press.

Pratkanis, A., & Aronson, E. (1992). Age of propaganda.  New York: W.H. Freeman & Co.

Price, V. (1992). Public opinion.  Newbury Park, CA: Sage.

Protess, D., & McCombs, M. (Eds.). (1991). Agenda setting.  Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.

Raboy, M., & Bruck, P. A. (1989). Communication for and against democracy. Montreal: Black Rose Books.

Rajiva, L. (2005). The language of empire: Abu Ghraib and the American media. New York, NY: Monthly Review Press.

Scraton, P. (Ed.). (2002). Beyond September 11: An anthology of dissent. London: Pluto Press.

Smith, T. J. (1989). Propaganda: A pluralistic perspective.  Westport, CT: Praeger.

Splichal, S. (1999). Public opinion. Lanham, MD: Rowman & Littlefield.

Splichal, S., & Paletz, D. L. (Eds.) (2001).  Public opinion and democracy. Cresskill, NJ: Hampton Press.

Splichal, S., & Wasko, J. (1992).  Communication and democracy.  Norwood, NJ: Ablex.

Sproul, J. M. (1997). Propaganda and democracy: The American experience of media and mass persuasion.  New York: Cambridge Univ. Press.

Steuter, E., & Wills, D. (2008).  At war with metaphor: Media, propaganda, and racism in the war on terror. Lanham, MD: Lexington Books.

Taylor, P. M. (1992). War and the media:  Propaganda and persuasion in the Gulf War.  New York: St. Martin's Press.

Winter, J. (2004). Lies the media tell us. Saint Paul, MN: Black Rose Books.

 

Public Relations & Organizational Communication:

 

Austin, E. W., & Pinkelton, B. E. (2001).  Strategic public relations management.  Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.

Banks, S. P. (1995). Multicultural public relations.  Newbury Park, CA: Sage.

Barker, R., & Angeloglou, G. (2005). Handbook for integration of communication in the organization. Cape Town, South Africa: Juta Academic.

Benjamin, J., & McKerrow, R. E. (1994). Business and professional communication.  New York: HarperCollins.

Berger, B. K., & Reber, B. H. (2006). Gaining influence in public relations: The role of resistance in practice. Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.

Bivins, T. (1991).  Handbook for public relations writing.  Lincolnwood, IL:  NTC Publishing Group.

Bivins, T. (1992). Fundamentals of successful newsletters.  Lincolnwood, IL:  NTC Publishing Group.

Bland, M., Theaker, A., & Wragg, D. (2005). Effective media relations: How to get results (3rd ed.). London: Kogan Page.

Blyler, N. R., & Thralls, C. (1992). Professional communication:  The social perspective.  Newbury Park, CA: Sage.

Boden, D. (Ed.). (1995). The business of talk: Organizations in action.  New York: Blackwell.

Borchers, T. A. (2002). Persuasion in the media age. Boston, MA: McGraw-Hill.

Botan, C. H., & Hazelton, V. (1989). Public relations theory.  Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.

Botan, C. H., & Hazleton, V. (Eds.). (2006). Public relations theory II. Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.

Breakenridge, D. (Ed.). (2008).  PR 2.0: New media, new tools, new audiences.  Upper Saddle River, NJ: FT Press.

Broom. G. M., & Dozier, D.,M. (1990). Using research in public relations. Englewood Cliffs, NJ:  Prentice Hall.

Burtis, J. O., & Turman, P. D. (2005). Group communication pitfalls: Overcoming barriers to an effective group experience. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.

Cathcart, R. S., & Samovar, L. A. (1988). Small group communication:  A reader.  New York:  Wm. C. Brown.

Caywood, C. L. (2008).  The handbook of strategic public relations and integrated communication.  New York: McGraw Hill.

Center, A. (1988). New technology and public relations.  New York:  Foundation for Public Relations Research.

Cheney, G., & Barnett, G. A. (2004). International and multicultural organizational communication. Cresskill, NJ: Hampton Press.

Choo, C. W. (1997). The knowing organization: How organizations use information to construct meaning. New York: Oxford Univ. Press.

Courtright, J. L., & Smudde, P. M. (Eds.). (2006). Power and public relations. Cresskill, NJ: Hampton Press.

Curtin, P. A., & Gaither, T. K. (2007). International public relations: Negotiating culture, identity, and power. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.

Cushman, D. P., & King, S. S. (Eds.). (1995). Communicating organizational change: A management perspective.  Albany: State Univ. of New York Press.

Cutlip, S. (1994). The unseen power: Public relations.  A history.  Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.

Daniels, T. D., & Spiker, B. K. (Eds.). (1991). Perspectives on organizational communication. Dubuque, IA:  Brown & Benchmark.

Davis, R. (1998).  It’s the little things: Small steps toward big success in public relations. New York:  Routledge.

Fast, J. (1993). Body language in the workplace.  London: Penguin.

Fearn-Banks, K. (2002).  Crisis communications: A casebook approach (2nd ed.). Mahwah, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum.

Fulk, J. (Ed.). (1990). Organizations and communication technology.  Newbury Park, CA:  Sage.

Goodall, H. L. (1990). Small group communication in organizations.  Dubuque, IA:  Brown & Benchmark.

Goodman, M. B. (Ed.). (1994). Corporate communication: Theory and practice.  Albany: State Univ. of New York Press.

Grunig, L. A., Grunig, J. E., & Dozier, D. M. (2002).  Excellent public relations and effective organizations: A study of communication management in three countries. Mahwah, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum.

Harris, T. E. (2002).  Applied organizational communication: Principles and pragmatics for future practice. Mahwah, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum.

Harris, T. L. (1998). Value-added public relations: The secret weapon of integrated marketing. Lincolnwood, IL:  NTC Publishing Group.

Heath, R. L. (1994). Management of corporate communications:  From interpersonal contacts to external affairs.  Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.

Heath, R. L. (Ed.). (2000).  Handbook of public relations.  Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.

Hendrix, J. A. (1988). Public relations cases.  Belmont, CA:  Wadsworth.

Henry, R. A. (2001).  You’d better have a hose if you want to put out the fire.  Ames, IA: Iowa State Press.

Herndon, S., & Kreps, G. L. (1993). Qualitative research:  Applications in organizational communication.  Cresskil, NJ: Hampton Press. 

Hirokawa, R. Y., Cathcart, R. S., Samovar, L. A. & Henman, L. D. (Eds.). (2004). Small group communication: Theory and practice (8th ed.). Los Angeles, CA: Roxbury Publishing Company.

Howard, C. M., & Mathews, W. K. (2000).  On deadline: Managing media relations (3rd ed.). Prospect Heights, IL:  Waveland Press.

Hunt, T., & Grunig, J. E. (1994). Public relations techniques.  Fort Worth, TX: Harcourt Brace Jovanovitch.

Jablin, F. M., et al. (1987).  Handbook of organizational communication. Beverly Hills, CA:  Sage.

Jablin, F. M., & Putnam, L. L. (Eds.). (2000).  The new handbook of organizational communication: Advances in theory, research, and methods. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.

Johnson, J. D. (1993). Organizational communication structure.  Norwood, NJ:  Ablex.

Johnson, J., & Dyson, L. (2001).  News management: The anatomy of spin. New York:  Routledge.

Jones, C. (2004). Winning with the news media: A self-defense manual when you’re the story. Anna Maria, FL: Winning News Media, Inc.

Kamalipour, Y. R., Snow, N., & Bagdikian, B. H. (Eds.). (2004). War, media, and propaganda: A global perspective. Lanham, MD: Rowman & Littlefield.

Kelly, K. S. (1997). Effective fund-raising management.  Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.

Kelly, L.,  Lederman, L., & Phillips, G. (1989). Communicating in the workplace.  New York: Harper & Row.

Kendall, R. (1991). Public relations campaign strategies.  New York:  Harper Collins.

Kerchner, K. (1997).  Soundbites: A business guide to working with the media.  Superior, WN: Savage Press.

King, S. S., & Cushman, D. P. (Eds.). (1994). High speed management and organizational communication in the 1990`s.  Albany: State Univ. of New York Press.

Kovacic, B. (Ed.). (1994). New approaches to organizational communication.  Albany, NY: State Univ. of New York Press.

Kozminski, A. K., & Cushman, D. P. (Eds.). (1992). Organizational communication and management. Albany:  State Univ. of New York Press.

Kruckeberg, D., & Starck, K. (1988). Public relations and community:  A reconstructed theory.  New York: Praeger.       

Ledingham, J. A., & Bruning, S. D. (Eds.). (2000). Public relations as relationship management. Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.

Loeffler, R. H. (1992). Guide to preparing the cost-effective press release.  Binghamton: The Haworth Press.

Manning, P. K. (1992). Organizational communication.  Hawthorne, NY: Aldine de Gruyter.

Mary, M. (2002).  Guide to managerial communication: Effective business writing and speaking. Paramus, NJ: Prentice Hall.

May, S., & Mumby, D. K. (Eds.). (2005). Engaging organizational communication theory and research: Multiple perspectives. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.

McPhee, R. D., & Tompkins, P. (1985). Organizational communication: Traditional themes and new directions.  Newbury Park, CA:  Sage.

Mickey, T. J. (2003).  Deconstructing public relations. Mahwah, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum.

Millar, D. P., & Heath, R. L. (Eds.). (2003). Responding to crisis: A rhetorical approach to crisis communication. Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.

Miller, K. (1995). Organizational communication: Approaches and processes.  Belmont, CA: Wadsworth.

Mogel, L. (2002).  Making it in public relations: An insider’s guide to career opportunities (2nd ed.). Mahwah, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum.

Mohan, M. L. (1993). Organizational communication and cultural vision: Approaches for analysis.  Albany: State Univ. of New York Press.

Moloney, K. (2006). Rethinking public relations: PR, Propaganda, and Democracy (2nd ed.). New York:  Routledge.

Nelson, J., & Slye, R. (1998). Sultans of sleaze: Public relations and the media. Upland, CA: DIANE Publishing.

Newsom, D., & Carrell, B. (1997). Public relations writing: Form & style. Belmont, CA: Wadsworth.

Nicotera, A. M. (1995). Conflict in organizations: Communicative processes.  Albany, NY: State Univ. of New York Press.

Parsons, P. J. (2003). A manager’s guide to PR projects: A practical approach. Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.

Pavitt, C., & Curtis, A. (1990). Small group discussion: A theoretical approach. Scottsdale, AZ: Gorsuch Scarisbrick.

Pepper, G. L. (1994). Communicating in organizations: A cultural approach.  New York: McGraw Hill.

Peterson, G. L. (1997). Communicating in organizations: A casebook. Boston, MA: Allyn & Bacon.

Rasberry, R. W., Lindsay, L. L. (1994). Effective managerial communication.  Belmont, CA: Wadsworth.

Rothman, S. (Ed.). (1992). The mass media in liberal democratic societies.  Saint Paul: Professors World Peace Academy Books.

Salem, P. (Ed.). (1999). Organizational communication and change. Cresskill, NJ: Hampton Press.

Salzman, J. (2003). Making the news: A guide for activists and nonprofits. Boulder, CO: Westview Press.

Satterwhite, M., & Olson-Sutton, J. (1999). Business communication at work. Westerville: Glencoe/McGraw-Hill.

Shockley‑Zalabak, P. (1988). Fundamentals of organizational communication. New York: Longman.

Sitrick, M. (1998). Spin: Turning the power of the press to your advantage.  Washington, DC: Regnery Publishers.

Smith, R. D. (2003).  Becoming a public relations writer. Mahwah, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum.

Smith, R. D. (2002).  Strategic planning for public relations. Mahwah, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum.

Spicer, C. (1997). Organizational public relations: A political perspective.  Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.

Spin tactics: A guide to guerrilla media relations. (1999). Saginaw: Glovebox guidebooks of America.

Sriramesh, K., & Verčič, D. (Eds.). (2003). The global public relations handbook: Theory, research, and practice. Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.

Stohl, C. (1995). Organizational communication: Connectedness in action.  Newbury Park, CA: Sage.

Sypher, B. D. (Ed.). (1990). Case studies in organizational communication.  New York: Guilford Publications.

Taylor, J. R., & Van Every, E. J. (1993). The vulnerable fortress: Bureaucratic organization and management in the information age.  Toronto: Univ. of Toronto Press.

Taylor, J. R., & Van Every, E. J. (1999). The emergent organization: Communication as its site and surface. Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.

Thaler, L. K., & Koval, R. (2003). Bang! Getting your message heard in a noisy world. Australia: Currency.

Thayer, L. (Ed.). (1993). Organization-communication:  Emerging perspectives III, IV.  Norwood, NJ: Ablex.

Thorson, E., & Moore, J. (Eds.). (1996). Integrated communication: Synergy of persuasive voices.  Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.

Van der Molen, H. T., & Gramsbergen-Hoogland, Y. H. (2006). Communication in organizations: Basic skills and conversation models. New York, NY: Psychology Press.

Ward, S. (1993). Getting the message across: Public relations, publicity, and working with the media. Boulder, CO: Westview Press.

Wilcox, D. L., & Nolte, L. W. (1994). Public relations writing and media techniques (2nd ed.).  New York:  HarperCollins.

Yudkin, M. (1994). Six steps for free publicity-and dozens of other ways to win free media attention for you and your business.  New York: Penguin.

Zelazny, G. (1999). Say it with presentations: How to design and deliver successful business presentations. New York: McGraw-Hill.

 

Radio & Audio:

 

Allen, S. (2001).  Vulgarians at the gate: Trash TV and raunch radio: Raising the standards of popular culture. Amherst, MA: Prometheus.

Alten, S. R. (1990). Audio in media.  Belmont, CA: Wadsworth.

Barker, D. C. (2002). Rushed to judgment? Talk radio, persuasion, and American political behavior. New York: Columbia Univ. Press.

Barlow, W. (1999). Voice over: The making of Black radio.  Philadelphia: Temple Univ. Press.

Bartlett, B. (1987). Introduction to professional recording techniques.  New York: Knowledge Industry Publications.

Carothers, D. F. (1991). Radio broadcasting from 1920 to 1990:  An annotated bibliography. New York:  Garland.

Crisell, A. (1987). Understanding radio.  New York:  Routledge, Chapman & Hall.

Crook, T. (1999).  Radio drama: Theory and practice.  New York:  Routledge.

Dorgan, H. (1993),  The airwaves of Zion: Radio and religion in Appalachia.  Knoxville: University of Tennessee Press.

Godfrey, D. G. (Ed.). (1998). Historical dictionary of American radio.  Westport, CT: Greenwood.

Greenfield, T. A. (1989). Radio:  A reference guide.  New York: Greenwood.

Hilliard, R. L. (1991). Writing for television and radio.  Belmont, CA: Wadsworth.

Hilliard, R. L. & Keith, M. C. (2003). Dirty discourse: Sex and indecency in American radio. Ames, IA:  Iowa State Univ. Press.

Hutchby, I. (1996). Confrontation talk: Arguments, asymmetries, and power on talk radio.  Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.

Kurtz, H. (1996). Hot air: All talk, all the time.  New York: Times Books.

Kuralt, Charles (1986).  On the road with Charles Kuralt.  New York: Fawcett.

Langham, J., & Chrichly, J. (1990).  Radio research:  An annotated bibliography (2nd ed.). Brookfield, VT:  Gower Publishing Co.

Loviglio, J., & Hilmes, M. (Eds.). (2002).  Radio reader: Essays in the cultural history of radio. New York, NY: Routledge.

MacDonald, J. F. (1989).  Don't touch that dial.  Chicago, IL:  Nelson‑Hall.

MacFarland, D. T. (1997). Future radio programming strategies.  Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.

Miller, E. (2002). Emergency broadcasting and 1930s American radio. Philadelphia: Temple Univ. Press.

O`Donnell, L. B., Hausman, C., & Benoit, P. (1989). Radio station operation. Belmont, CA:  Wadsworth.

Plum, S. L. (2000).  Underwriting 101: Selling college radio. Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.

Rumsey, F. (1989).  Stereo sound for television.  Woburn, MA: Butterworth-Heinemann.

Scannell, P. (Ed.). (1991). Broadcast talk.  Newbury Park, CA:  Sage.

Schiffer, M. B. (1991). The portable radio in American life.  Tucson: Univ. of Arizona Press. 

Soley, L. C., & Nichols, J. S. (1986). Clandestine radio broadcasting:  A study of revolutionary and counterrevolutionary....  New York: Praeger.

Squier, S. M. (Ed.). (2003). Communities of the air: Radio century, radio culture. Durham, NC: Duke Univ. Press.

Stephen, B. (2000).  Studying radio. New York: Oxford Univ. Press.

Wurtzler, S. J. (2009).  Electric sounds: Technological change and the rise of corporate mass media.  New York: Columbia Univ. Press.

Zaza, T. (1991). Audio design:  Sound recording techniques for film and video. Englewood Cliffs, NJ:  Prentice Hall.

 

Research:

 

Advertising Research:

Eastman, S. T. (Ed.) (2000).  Research in media promotion. Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.

Fletcher, A. D., & Bowers, T. A. (1988). Fundamentals of advertising research (3rd. ed.). Belmont, CA:  Wadsworth.

Haskins, J. B., & Kendrick, A. (1992). Successful advertising research methods.  Lincolnwood, IL:  NTC Publishing Group.

 

Broadcast Ratings:

Beville, H. M., Jr. (1988). Audience ratings (2nd ed.).  Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.

Buzzard, K. S. (1990). Chains of gold: Marketing the ratings and rating the markets.  Metuchen, NJ: Scarecrow Press.

Kent, R. (1994). Measuring media audiences.  New York: Routledge.

Webster, J. G., & Lichty, L. W. (1991). Ratings analysis:  Theory and practice.  Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.

Webster, J. G., Phalen, P., & Lichty, L. W. (1999). Ratings analysis: The theory and practice of audience research (2nd ed.). Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.

 

Human Communication Research:

Allen, M., Preiss, R. W., Gayle, B. M., & Burrell, N. (2001).  Interpersonal communication research: Advances through meta-analysis.  Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.

Antaki, C. (Ed.). (1988). Analyzing everyday explanation:  A casebook of methods.  Newbury Park , CA:  Sage.

Bostrom, R. N. (1998). Communication research. Prospect Heights, IL:  Waveland Press.

Clark, R. A. (1990).  Studying interpersonal communication.  Newbury Park, CA:  Sage. 

Cragan, J. F., & Shields, D. C. (1981). Applied communication research: A dramatistic approach.  Prospect Heights, IL: Waveland Press.

Dahnke, G., & Clatterbuck, G. (1990). Human communication: Theory and research. Belmont, CA: Wadsworth Publishing.

Emmert, P., & Barker, L. L. (1988).  Measurement of communication behavior. New York: Longman.

Roloff, M. E., & Miller, G. R. (1987). Interpersonal processes:  New directions in communications research. Beverly Hills, CA: Sage.

Smith, S. W., & Wilson, S. (2009).  New directions in interpersonal communication research.  Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.

Tardy, C. H. (1988). A handbook for the study of human communication.  Norwood, NJ: Ablex.

 

Other:

Adams, R. C. (1989). Social survey methods for mass media research.  Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.

Alexander, A., & Potter, W. J. (2001).  How to publish your communication research: An insider’s guide.  Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.

Altheide, D. L. (1996). Qualitative media analysis.  Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.

Asamen, J. K., & Berry, G. L. (1997). Research paradigms, television, and social behavior. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.

Berger, A. A. (1991). Media research techniques.  Newbury Park, CA: Sage.

Berger, A. A. (1998). Media analysis techniques (2nd Ed.).  Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.

Bertrand, I., & Hughes, P. (2005). Media research methods: Audiences, institutions, texts. New York: Palgrave Macmillan.

Broom. G. M., & Dozier, D. M. (1990). Using research in public relations. Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Prentice Hall.

Burton, G. (2000).  Talking television: An introduction to TV studies. New York: Oxford Univ. Press.

Cambell, P. G., et al. (Eds.). (1988). Conducting research in business communication.  New York: Association of Business Communication.

Chaffee, S. H. (1991). Explication.  Newbury Park, CA:  Sage.

Clark, V. (2002).  Skills and key concepts for media studies. London: Edward Arnold.

Cohen, J., Cohen, P., West, S. G., & Aiken, L. S. (2003).  Applied multiple regression/correlation analysis for the behavioral sciences (3rd ed.). Mahwah, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum.

Cohen, J., & Gleason, T. (1990).  Social research in communication and law. Newbury Park, CA:  Sage.

Corner, J., & Schlesinger, P. (Eds.). (1998). International media research: A critical survey.  New York: Routledge.

Deacon, D., Pickering, M., Golding, P., & Murdock, G. (1999). Researching communications: A guide to methods in media research.  New York: Oxford Univ. Press.

Dennis, E. E., & Wartella, E. (Eds.). (1996). American communication research: The remembered history.  Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.

Downes, B., & Miller, S. (1998). Media studies.  Lincolnwood, IL: NTC Publishing.

Frey, L. R., Botan, C. H., et al. (1990). Investigating communication.  Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Prentice Hall.

Hagen, I., & Wasko, J. (Eds.). (2000). Consuming audiences?: Production and reception in media research. Cresskill, NJ: Hampton Press.

Hamelink, C. J., & Linné, O. (1993). Mass communication research: On problems and policies.  Norwood, NJ: Ablex.

Hansen, A. (1997). Mass communication research methods.  New York: New York Univ. Press.

Harris, R. J. (2001).  A primer of multivariate statistics (3rd ed.). Mahwah, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum.

Hayes, A. F. (2005). Statistical methods for communication science. Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.

Herndon, S., & Kreps, G. L. (1993). Qualitative research: Applications in organizational communication. Cresskill, NJ: Hampton Press. 

Hsia, H. J. (1988). Mass communication research methods.  Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.

Hutchby, I. (2005). Media talk. Berkshire: Open University Press.

Jackson II, R. L., & Givens, S. M. B. (2006). Black pioneers in communication research. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.

Jackson, S. (1992). Message effects research.  New York: Guilford Publications.

Jensen, K. B. (Ed.). (2002).  Handbook of media and communications research: Qualitative and quantitative research methodologies.  New York, NY: Routledge.

Kasper, G. (1997). Communication strategy research: Psycholinguistic and sociolinguistic aspects. White Plains, NY: Longman.

Katz, E., Peters, J. D., Liebes, T., & Orloff, A. (Eds.). (2002). Canonic texts in media research: Are there any? Should there be? How about these? Malden, MA: Polity Press.

Keyton, J. (2001).  Communication research. New York: McGraw-Hill.

Kraemer, H. C., & Thiemann, S. (1987). How many subjects?  Newbury Park, CA: Sage.

Krippendorf, K. (2003). Content analysis (2nd ed.). Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.

Krueger, R. A. (1988). Focus groups:  A practical guide for applied research. Newbury Park , CA:  Sage.

Lang, A. (Ed.). (1994). Measuring psychological responses to media.  Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.

Lindlof, T. R. (1994). Qualitative communication research methods.  Newbury Park, CA: Sage.

Lindlof, T. R., & Taylor, B. (2002).  Qualitative communication research methods (2nd ed.). Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.

Lusted, D. (1988). The media studies book.  New York:  Routledge.

Machin, D. (2002).  Ethnographic research for media studies. London: Edward Arnold.

Neuendorf, K. A. (2001).  The content analysis guidebook. Thousand Oaks, CA:  Sage.

O'Hair, D., & Kreps, G. L. (Eds.). (1990). Applied communication theory and research. Hillsdale, NJ:  Erlbaum.

O’Sullivan, T. (2002). Studying the media: An introduction. New York: Oxford Univ. Press.

O’Sullivan, T., Rayner, P., & Dutton, B. (1998). Studying media.  New York: Oxford University Press.

Park, D. W., & Pooley, J. (Eds.). (2008).  The history of media and communication research: Contested memories.  New York: Peter Lang Publishing.

Perry, D. K. (1996). Theory and research in mass communication.  Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.

Pietilä, V. (2005). On the highway of mass communication studies. Cresskill, NJ: Hampton Press.

Priest, S. H. (1995). Doing media research.  Newbury Park, CA: Sage.

Rayner, P. (2001).  Media studies: An essential introduction.  New York, NY: Routledge.

Reinard, J. C. (1994). Introduction to communication research.  Dubuque, IA:  Brown & Benchmark.

Riffe, D., Lacy, S., & Fico, F. G. (1998). Analyzing media messages: Using quantitative content analysis in research.  Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.

Riffe, D., Lacy, S., & Fico, F. G. (2005). Analyzing media messages: Using quantitative content analysis in research (2nd Ed.). Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.

Roberts, C. W. (Ed.). (1997). Text analysis for the social sciences.  Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.

Rubin, R. B., Palmgreen, P., & Sypher, H. (Eds.). (1994). Communication research measures.  New York: Guilford.

Salwen, M. B., & Stacks, D. W. (Eds.). (1996). An integrated approach to communication theory and research. Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.

Satake, E. (1998). Mathematical methods in communication research and media.  Denton: RonJon Publishing.

Schroder, K., Drotner, K., Kline, S., & Murray, C. (2003). Researching audience: A practical guide to methods in media audience analysis. New York: Oxford Univ. Press.

Singletary, M. W., & Stone, G. (1988). Communication theory and research applications.  Ames, IA:  Iowa State Univ. Press.

Smith, M. J. (1988). Contemporary communication research methods. Belmont, CA: Wadsworth.

Stacks, D. W. (Ed.). (1999). Essentials of communication research.  New York: Addison-Wesley.

Startt, J. D., & Sloan, W. D. (1989). Historical methods in mass communication. Hillsdale, NJ:  Erlbaum.

Stevens, J. P. (2002).  Applied multivariate statistics for the social sciences (4th ed.). Mahwah, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum.

Stokes, J. (2002).  How to do media and cultural studies. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.

Traudt, P.J. (2004). Media, audiences, effects: An introduction to the study of media content and audience analysis. Boston: Allyn & Bacon.

Watt, J. H., & van den Berg, S. (1995). Research methods for communication science.  Boston, MA: Allyn & Bacon.

Weerakkody, N. (2009).  Research methods for media and communication.  New York: Oxford Univ. Press.

Williams, F. (Ed.). (1988). Measuring the information society.  Newbury Park, CA: Sage.

Williams, F., Rice, R. E., & Rogers, E. M. (1988). Research methods and the new media.  New York:  Free Press.

 

Telephone:

 

Brotman, S. N. (1990). Telephone company and cable television competition.  Norwood, MA:  Artech House.

Cohen, J. E. (1992). The politics of telecommunications regulation:  The states and the divestiture of AT&T.  Armonk, NY:  M.E. Sharpe.

Fischer, C. S. (1992). America calling:  A social history of the telephone to 1940.  Berkeley: Univ. of California Press.

Hopper, R. (1992). Telephone conversation.  Bloomington: Indiana Univ. Press.

Hutchby, I. (2001).  Conversation and technology: From the telephone to the Internet.  Malden, MA: Blackwell.

Katz, J. E. (1999). Connections: Social and cultural studies of the telephone in American life. New Brunswick, NJ: Transaction Books.

Rutter, D. R. (1987). Communicating by telephone.  Oxford:  Pergamon Press.

 

Television Production:

 

Corporate Video:

DiZazzo, R. (1989). Corporate television:  A producer's handbook.  Woburn, MA: Butterworth-Heinemann.

Hausman, C. (1991). Institutional video.  Belmont, CA:  Wadsworth.

Mathis, G. A. (1987). How to produce your own video‑conference.  New York: Knowledge Industry Publications.

Stokes, J. (1988). The business of nonbroadcast television.  New York: Knowledge Industry Publications.

Tereno, J. S. (1988). The business of nonbroadcast television.  New York: Knowledge Industry Pub.

Van Nostran, W. (1983). The nonbroadcast television writer`s handbook. New York: Knowledge Industry Pub.

Wershing, S., & Singer, P. (1988). Computer graphics and animation for corporate video. New York: Knowledge Industry Publications.

 

Other:

Armes, R. (1988). On video.  New York:  Routledge.

Arwady, J. W. (1989). Using video: Interactive and linear design.  Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Educational Technology.

Arya, B. (1999). Thirty seconds to air: A field reporter’s guide to live television reporting.  Ames, IA: Iowa State Univ. Press.

Berger, A. A. (1990). Scripts: Writing for radio and TV.  Newbury Park, CA: Sage.

Breyer, R., & Moller, P. (1988). Making television programs.  Prospect Heights, IL: Waveland Press.

Browne, S. E. (1998). Nonlinear editing basics. Stoneham, MA: Focal Press.

Bunyan, J. A. (1987). Why video works.  New York: Knowledge Industry Publications.

Compesi, R. J., & Gomez, J. S. (2006).  Introduction to video production: Studio, field, and beyond.  Boston, MA: Allyn & Bacon.

Cartwright, S. R., & Cartwright, G. P. (1999).  Designing and producing media-based training. Boston, MA: Focal Press.

Dancyger, K. (2002).  Technique of film and video editing: History, theory, and practice. Stoneham, MA: Focal Press.

Dupagne, M., & Seel, P. B. (1998). High-definition television: A global perspective. Ames, IA: Iowa State Univ. Press.

Finberg, H., & Itule, B. (1990). Visual editing.  Belmont, CA:  Wadsworth Publishing.

Halleck, D. D. (2001).  Hand-held visions: The impossible possibilities of community media. New York: Fordham University Press.

Hanson, J. (1987). Understanding video (Sage ComText Series, V. 19). Newbury Park , CA:  Sage.

Havice, M. J. (1999). Basic laboratory exercises for field, audio and TV studio production. Ames, IA: Iowa State Univ. Press.

Iuppa, N. (1984). A practical guide to interactive video design.  New York: Knowledge Industry Publications.

Iuppa, N., & Anderson, K. (1988). Advanced interactive video design.  New York: Knowledge Industry Publications.

Jacobs, B. (1986). How to be an independent video producer.  New York: Knowledge Industry Publications.

Jarvis, P. (1998). The essential TV director’s handbook. Stoneham, MA: Focal Press.

Jurek, K. (1989). Careers in video.  White Plains, NY:  Knowledge Industry Publications.

Kennedy, T. (1988). Directing video.  White Plains, NY:  Knowledge Industry Publications.

Kuney, J. (1990). Take one: Television directors on directing.  New York: Greenwood.

Levin, C. M., & Watkins, F. P. (2003).  Post: The theory and technique of digital nonlinear motion picture editing. Boston, MA: Allyn & Bacon.

McQuillin, L. (1986). Computers in video production.  New York: Knowledge Industry Publications.

Millerson, G. (1999).  Lighting for television and film (3rd ed.). Oxford: Butterworth-Heinemann.

Morley, J. (1992). Scriptwriting for high-impact videos.  Belmont, CA:  Wadsworth.

Nmungwun, A. F. (1989). Video recording technology.  Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.

Noll, M. (1988). Television technology: Fundamentals and future prospects. Norwood, MA:  Artech House Books.

Rogers, P. B. (1999).  Art of visual effects: Interviews on the tools of the trade.  Oxford: Butterworth-Heinemann.

Rumsey, F. (1989).  Stereo sound for television.  Woburn, MA: Butterworth-Heinemann.

Shook, F. (1989). Television field production and reporting.  New York: Longman.

Silcock, B.W., Heider, D., & Rogus, M.T. (2006).  Managing television news: A handbook for ethical and effective producing. Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.

Silvia, A. J., & Kaplan, N. F. (1998). Student television in America: Channels of change.  Ames, IA:  Iowa State Univ. Press.

Sneed, L. (1989). Evaluating video programs. Is it worth it?  New York: Knowledge Industry Publications.

Souter, G. A. (1988). The disconnection.  New York: Knowledge Industry Publications.

Souter, G. A., & Hirsch, H. (1990). Video walls:  Multi‑screen presentation systems.  New York: Knowledge Industry Pub.

Spielmann, Y. (2008).  Video: The reflexive medium. Cambridge, MA:  MIT Press.

Stokes, J. (1986). Microcomputers in TV studios.  New York: Knowledge Industry Publications.

Van Deusen, R. E. (1984). Practical AV/video budgeting.  New York: Knowledge Industry Publications.

Wells, M. (1989). Desktop video.  New York: Knowledge Industry Publicatuons.

Wilkie, B. (1989).  The technique of special effects in TV.  Woburn, MA: Butterworth-Heinemann.

 

 

Theory:

 

Critical Theory:

Adorno, T. W. (2001).  The culture industry: Selected essays on mass culture (ed. by J.M. Bernstein).  New York, NY: Routledge.

Anderson, R., & Strate, L. (Eds.). (2000).  Critical studies in media commercialism.  New York: Oxford Univ. Press.

Avery, R. K., & Eason, D. (Eds.). (1991). Critical perspectives on media and society.  New York: Guilford Publications.

Blackman, L., & Walkerdine, V. (2001).  Mass hysteria: Critical psychology and media studies. New York: Palgrave.

Bogen, D. (1999). Order without rules: Critical theory and the logic of conversation.  Albany: State Univ. of New York Press.

Burton, G. (2004). Media and society: Critical perspectives. Berkshire: Open University Press.

Collier, M. J. (Ed.). (2001).  Transforming communication about culture: Critical new directions. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.

Corner, J., & Schlesinger, P. (Eds.). (1998).  International media research: A critical survey.  New York: Routledge.

Dines, G., & Humez, J. M. (Eds.). (1994). Gender, race, and class in media: A critical text-reader.  Newbury Park, CA: Sage.

Galician, M.-L., & Merskin, D.L. (Eds.). (2007). Critical thinking about sex, love, and romance in the mass media. Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.

Grosswiler, P. (1998). Method is the message: Rethinking Marshall McLuhan through critical theory.  Montreal: Black Rose Books.

Hardt, H. (1992). Critical communication studies: Communication, history and theory in America.  London: Routledge.

Hardt, H. (1998). Interactions: Critical studies in Communication, media & journalism.  Lanham, MD: Rowman & Littlefield.

Jansen, S. C. (2002).  Critical communication theory: Power, media, gender, and technology. Lanham, MD: Rowman & Littlefield.

Jewkes, Y. (2004). Media and crime: A critical introduction. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.

Lax, S. (2009).  Media and communication technologies: A critical introduction.  New York: Palgrave Macmillan.

Lent, J. A. (Ed.). (1995). A different road taken: Profiles in critical communication.  Boulder, CO: Westview Press.

Lister, M., Dovey, J., Giddings, S., Grant, I., & Kelly, K. (2009).  New media: A critical introduction (2nd Ed.).  New York, NY: Routledge.

Lovink, G. (2002).  Dark fiber: Tracking critical Internet culture. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.

Manning, P.l (2001).  News and news sources: A critical introduction.  Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.

Rossides, D. W. (2002).  Communication, media and American society: A critical introduction. Lanham, MD: Rowman & Littlefield.

Scannell, P., Sparks, C., & Schlesinger, P. (Eds.). (1992). Culture and power.  Newbury Park , CA: Sage.   

Stamps, J. (1995).  Unthinking modernity: Innis, McLuhan, and the Frankfurt School.  Montreal: McGill-Queen’s University Press.

Stevenson, N. (1995). Understanding media cultures: Social theory and mass communication.  Newbury Park, CA: Sage.

Stevenson, N. (2002).  Understanding media cultures: Social theory and mass communication (2nd ed.). Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.

Taylor, P. A., & Harris, J. L. (2008).  Critical theories of mass media: Then and now.  New York: McGraw Hill/Open University Press.

Thompson, J. B. (1991). Ideology and modern culture: Critical social theory in the era of mass communication.  Stanford, CA: Stanford Univ. Press.

Thussu, D. K. (2000).  International communication: A critical introduction.  New York: Oxford Univ. Press.

Vande Berg, L. R., Wenner, L., & Gronbeck, B. C. (1998). Critical approaches to television.  Boston, MA: Houghton Mifflin.

Van Ginneken, J. (1998). Understanding global news: A critical introduction.  Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.

Van Loon, J. (2008).  Media technology: Critical perspectives.  New York: Open Univ. Press.

 

Cultural Studies:

Babe, R. (2009).  Cultural studies and political economy: Toward a new integration.  Lanham, MD: Lexington Books.

Barker, C. (2004). Cultural studies: Theory and practice (2nd ed.). Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.

Berger, A.A. (2004). Making sense of media: Key texts in media and cultural studies. Malden:  Blackwell Publishers.

Burns, G., & Thompson, R. (1989). Television studies.  Westport, CT:  Praeger.    

Cruz, J. D., & Lewis, J. (Eds.). (1993). Viewing, reading, listening: Audiences and cultural reception. Boulder, CO: Westview Press.

Cuklanz, L. M. (1995). Rape on trial: How the mass media construct legal reform and social change. Philadelphia: Univ. of Pennsylvania Press.

Curran, J. (Ed.). (2006). Media and cultural theory. New York, NY: Routledge.

Curran, J., Morley, D., & Walkerdine, V. (Eds.).(1996). Cultural studies and communications.  London: Edward Arnold.

du Gay, P., Hall, S., Jones, L., et al. (1997). Doing cultural studies: The story of the Sony Walkman. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.

Durham, M. G., & Kellner, D. (Eds.). (2001).   Media and cultural studies: Key works. Malden, MA: Blackwell.

Farrell, T. J. (2000).  Walter Ong's contributions to cultural studies: The phenomenology of the word and I-thou communication.  Cresskill, NJ: Hampton Press.

Ferguson, M., & Golding, P. (Eds.). (1997). Cultural studies in question. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.

Hartley, J. (2003). A short history of cultural studies. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.

Hartley, J., Montgomery, M., & Brennan, M. (2002). Communication, cultural and media studies: The key concepts. London: Routledge.

Hartley, J., Pearson, R. E., & Vieth, E. (Eds.). (2000).  American cultural studies: A reader.  New York: Oxford Univ. Press.

Hay, J., Grossberg, L., & Wartella, E. (1996).  The audience and its landscape.  Boulder, CO: Westview Press.

Inglis, F. (1994). Cultural studies.  New York: Blackwell.

Jhally, S. (2006).  The spectacle of accumulation: Essays in culture, media, & politics.  New York: Peter Lang.

Katz, J. E. (1999). Connections: Social and cultural studies of the telephone in American life. New Brunswick, NJ: Transaction Books.

Kellner, D. (1995). Media culture: Cultural studies, identity and politics between the modern and the postmodern.  New York: Routledge.

Livingstone, S. (Ed.). (2005). Audiences and publics: When cultural engagement matters for the public sphere. Portland, OR: Intellect.

Marshall, P. D. (2004). New media cultures. London: Hodder Arnold.                         

Mayer, V., Banks, M. J., & Caldwell, J. T. (Eds.). (2009).  Production studies: Cultural studies of media industries.  New York: Routledge.

Morley, D. (1992).  Television, audiences and cultural studies.  New York: Routledge.

Real, M. (1989). Super media:  A cultural studies approach.  Newbury Park, CA: Sage.

Ryan, M. (Ed.). (2008).  Cultural studies: An anthology.  Malden, MA: Wiley-Blackwell.

Sillars, M. O., & Gronbeck, B. E. (2001).  Communication Criticism: Rhetoric, social codes, cultural studies.  Prospect Heights, IL: Waveland Press.

Stokes, J. (2002).  How to do media and cultural studies. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.

Thwaites, T. (2002).  Introducing cultural and media studies: A semiotic approach.  New York: Palgrave.

Tudor, A. (1999).  Decoding culture: Theory and method in cultural studies.  London: Sage.

Tulloch, J., & Lupton, D. (1997). Television, AIDS, and risk: A cultural studies approach to health communication.  Paul & Company Publishers.

Turner, G. (1996). British cultural studies: An introduction.  New York: Routledge.

Turner, G. (2002).  British cultural studies: An introduction. New York, NY: Routledge.

Valdivia, A. N. (Ed.). (2003). Companion to media studies. Oxford: Blackwell.

Wenner, L. A. (1989). Media, sports, and society.  Newbury Park, CA: Sage.

 

Media Ecology:

Altschull, J. H. (1990). From Milton to McLuhan.  White Plains, NY: Longman.

Benedetti, P., & DeHart, N. (Eds.). (1997). Forward through the rearview mirror: Reflections on and by Marshall McLuhan.  Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.

Buxton, W., & Acland, C.R. (Eds.). (2000). Harold Innis in the new century: Reflections and refractions.  Ithaca, NY: McGill-Queen's University Press.

Carpenter, E. S., & McLuhan, M. (Eds.). (1966).  Explorations in communication: An anthology. Boston, MA: Beacon Press.

Cavel, R. (2003).  McLuhan in space: A cultural geography.  Toronto, Univ. of Toronto Press.

Czitrom, D.J. (1982). Media and the American mind: From Morse to McLuhan.  Chapel Hill, NC: University of North Carolina Press.

Farrell, T. J. (2000).  Walter Ong's contributions to cultural studies: The phenomenology of the word and I-thou communication.  Cresskill, NJ: Hampton Press.

Farrell, T. J. & Soukup, P. A. (Ed.). (2002). An Ong reader: Challenges for further inquiry. Cresskill, NJ: Hampton Press.

Farrell, T. J. (2000).  Walter Ong's contributions to cultural studies: The phenomenology of the word and I-thou communication.  Cresskill, NJ: Hampton Press.

Genosko, G. (1999). McLuhan and Baudrillard: The masters of implosion.  New York: Routledge.

Gordon, W. T. (1997). Marshall McLuhan–escape into understanding: A biography. New York: Basic Books.

Gordon, W. T., & Willmarth, S. (1997). McLuhan for beginners.  New York: Writers & Readers Publishing.

Gronbeck, B. E., Farrell, T. J., & Soukup, P. (1991). Media, consciousness, and culture: Walter Ong's theory of communication.  Newbury Park, CA:  Sage.

Grosswiler, P. (1998). Method is the message: Rethinking Marshall McLuhan through critical theory.  Montreal: Black Rose Books.

Innis, H. A. (1940).  The cod fisheries: The history of an international economy.  New Haven, CT: Yale Univ. Press.

Innis, H. A. (1956).  The fur trade in Canada: An introduction to Canadian economic history.  Toronto: Univ. Toronto Press.

Innis, H. A. (2004). Changing concepts of time. (Reprint of a 1952 book). Lanham, MD: Rowman & Littlefield.

Innis, H. A. (2007).  Empire and communications.  Toronto: Dundurn Press.

Levinson, P. (2001). Digital McLuhan: A Guide to the Information Millennium.  New York: Routledge.

Logan, R. K. (1995).  The fifth language: Learning a living in the computer age.  Toronto: Stoddart.

Lum, C. M. K. (Ed.). (2006). Perspectives on culture, technology and communication: The media ecology tradition. Cresskill, NJ: Hampton Press.

Marchand, P. (1989).  McLuhan: The medium and the messenger.  New York: Ticknor & Fields.

Marchessault, J. (2005). Marshall McLuhan: Cosmic media. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.

McLuhan, E. (1998). Electric language.  New York: Saint Martin’s Press.

McLuhan, E., & Zingrone, F. (Ed.). (1995). Essential McLuhan.  New York: Basic Books.

McLuhan, M. (1962).  The Gutenberg galaxy: The making of typographic man.  Toronto: University of Toronto Press.

McLuhan, M. (1967).  The mechanical bride: Folklore of industrial man.  Boston, MA: Beacon Press.

McLuhan, M. (1969).  Counterblast.  New York: Harcourt, Brace & World.

McLuhan, M. (1970).  Culture is our business.  New York: McGraw Hill.

McLuhan, M. (1998). Media Research: Technology, art, communication (ed. M. A. Moos). Australia: G+B Arts International.

McLuhan, M. (2004). Understanding media: The extensions of man (critical edition). Corte Madera , CA: Gingko Press.

McLuhan, M. (2005) Marshall McLuhan unbound (Ed. by T. W. Gordon & E. McLuhan). Corte Madera , CA: Gingko Press.

McLuhan, M., & Carson, D. (2003). The book of probes. Corte Madera, CA: Gingko Press.

McLuhan, M., & Fiore, Q. (1967).  The medium is the message.  New York: Bantam Books.

McLuhan, M., & Fiore, Q. (1968).  War and peace in the global village.  New York: Bantam Books.

McLuhan, M., & McLuhan, E. (1988). Laws of media:  The new science. Toronto: Univ. of Toronto Press.

McLuhan, M., & Papanek, V. J. (1967).  Verbi-voco-visual explorartions.  New York: Something Else Press.

McLuahn, M., & Parker, H. (1968).  Through the vanishing point: Space in poetry and painting.  New York: Harper & Row.

McLuhan, M., & Powers, B. R. (1989).  The global village: Transformations in world life and media in the 21st century.  New York: Oxford Univ. Press.

McLuhan, S., & Staines, D. (Eds.). (2005).  Understanding me: Lectures and interviews.  Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.

Melody, W. H., Salter, L., & Heyer, P. (Eds.). (1981).  Culture, communication, and dependency: The tradition of H.A. Innis.  Norwood, NJ: Ablex.

Moss, J. G., & Morra, L.M. (Eds.). (2004). At the speed of light there is only illumination: A reappraisal of Marshall McLuhan. Ottawa: University of Ottawa Press.

Neill, S. D. (1993).  Clarifying McLuhan: An assessment of process and product.  Westport, CT: Greenwood Press.

Ong, W. J. (1967).  The presence of the word: Some prolegomena for cultural and religious history.  New Haven, CT: Yale Univ. Press.

Ong, W. J. (Ed.). (1968).  Knowledge and the future of man: An international symposium.  New York: Holt, Rinehart & Winston.

Ong, W. J. (1982).  Orality and literacy: The technologizing of the word.  New York: Methuen.

Ong, W. J. (1983).  Ramus, method, and the decay of dialogue: From the art of discourse to the art of reason.  Chicago, IL: Univ. Chicago Press.

Patterson, G. H. (1990).  History and communications: Harold Innis, Marshall McLuhan, the interpretation of history.  Toronto: Univ. Toronto Press.

Rosenthal, R. (1968).  McLuhan: Pro and con.  Baltimore, MD: Penguin.

Stamps, J. (1995).  Unthinking modernity: Innis, McLuhan, and the Frankfurt School.  Montreal: McGill-Queen’s University Press.

Strate, L., & Wachtel, E. (2004).  The legacy of McLuhan.  Cresskill, NJ: Hampton.

Theall, D. F. (1971).  The medium is the rearview mirror: Understanding McLuhan.  Montreal: McGill Univ. Press.

Theall, D. F., & Carpenter, E. (2001).  The virtual Marshall McLuhan. Montreal: McGill-Queen's University.

Watson, A. J. (2007).  Marginal man: The dark vision of Harold Innis.  Toronto: Univ. of Toronto Press.

Watson, R. P. M., & Blondheim, M. (Eds.). (2007). The Toronto school of communication theory: Interpretations, extensions, applications. Toronto: Univ. of Toronto Press.

Weeks, D. L., & Hoogestraat, J. (Eds.). (1998). Time, memory, and the verbal arts: Essays on the thought of Walter Ong.  Selinsgrove, PA: Susquehanna Univ. Press.

Zingrone, F. (2001).  The media symplex: At the edge of meaning in the age of chaos.  Cresskill, NJ: Hampton Press.

 

Political Economy:

Babe, R. (2009).  Cultural studies and political economy: Toward a new integration.  Lanham, MD: Lexington Books.

Chakravartty, P., & Zhao, Y. (Eds.). (2008).  Global communications: Toward a transcultural political economy.  Lanham, MD: Rowman & Littlefield Publishers.

Compton, J.R. (2004). The integrated news spectacle: A political economy of cultural performance. New York: P. Lang.

Flew, T. (2005). New media: An introduction. New York, NY: Oxford Univ. Press.     

Gandy, O. H. (1993). The panoptic sort: A political economy of personal information.  Boulder, CO: Westview Press.

Herman, E. S., & Chomsky, N. (2002).  Manufacturing consent: The political economy of the mass media. New York, NY: Pantheon Books.

McChesney, R. W. (2008).  The political economy of media: Enduring issues, emerging dilemmas.  New York: Monthly Review Press.

Meehan, E. R., & Riordan, . (Eds.). (2001).  Sex and money: Feminism and political economy in the media. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press.

Mosco, V. (1996). The political economy of communication.  Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.

Prindle, D. F. (1993). Risky business: The political economy of Hollywood.  Boulder, CO: Westview Press.

Skinner, D. (2005). Converging media, diverging politics: A political economy of news media in the United States and Canada. Lexington, MA: Lexington Press.

Wilkin, P., & Thomas, C. (Eds.). (2001).  The political economy of global communication: An introduction.  London: Pluto Press.

 

Other:

Arneson, P. (Ed.). (2007). Perspectives on philosophy of communication. Ashland, OH: Purdue Univ. Press.

Anderson J. A. (1996). Communication theory: Epistemological foundations.  New York: Guilford Publications.

Anderson, R., & Ross, V. (1993). Questions of communication: A practical introduction to theory.  New York: St. Martin's Press.

Askew, K., & Wilk, R. (Eds.) (2001).  Anthropology of media: A reader. Malden :  Blackwell Publishers.

Balnaves, M., Hemelryk Donald, S., & Shoesmith, B. (2009).  Media theories and approaches: A global perspective.  New York: Palgrave Macmillan.

Barlow, D., & Mills, B. (2009).  Reading media theory: Thinkers, approaches, contexts.  White Plains, NY: Longman.

Berger, A. A. (2002).  The mass comm murders: Five media theorists self-destruct.  Lanham, MD: Rowman & Littlefield.

Bryant, J., & Zillmann, D. (Eds.). (2002).  Media effects: Advances in theory and research. Mahwah, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum.

Bugeja, M.J. (2005). Interpersonal divide: The search for community in a technological age. New York: Oxford University Press.

Carroll, N. (1998). The philosophy of mass art.  New York: Oxford University Press.

Carter, R. F., Chaffee, S. H., & Foreman-Wernet, L. (Eds.). (2003). Communication, a different kind of horserace: Essays honoring Richard F. Carter. Cresskill, NJ: Hampton Press.

Casmir, F. L. (Ed.). (1994). Building communication theories-a socio/cultural approach.  Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.

Corner, J. (1999). Studying media: Problems of theory and method. Edinburgh: Edinburgh Univ. Press.

Cragan, J. F., & Shields, D. C. (1995). Symbolic theories in applied communication research.  Cresskill, NJ: Hampton Press.

Cragan, J. F., & Shields, D. C. (1997). Communication theory. Englewood Cliffs, NJ:  Prentice Hall.

Curran, J., (Ed.) (2000).  Media organizations in society. New York: Oxford Univ. Press.

Curran, J. & Gurevitch, M. (Eds.). (2005). Mass media and society (4th ed.). London: Hodder Arnold.

Curran, J., & Park, M. J. (Eds.). (2000).  De-westernizing media studies.  London: Routledge.

Cushman, D. P., & Kovacic, B. (Eds.). (1995). Watershed research traditions in human communication theory.  Albany: State Univ. of New York Press.

Danesi, M. (2002).  Understanding media semiotics. London: Edward Arnold.

Davis, S. F., & Palladino, J. J. (2001).  Psychology- Media and research. Paramus, NJ:  Prentice Hall.

DeFleur, M. L., & Ball‑Rokeach, S. (1989). Theories of mass communication (5th ed.). New York:  Longman.

Dienst, R. (1994). Still life in real time:  Theory after television.  Durham, NC:  Duke Univ. Press.

Downing, J. (1996). Internationalizing media theory.  Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.

Du Gay, P., Hall, S., Jones, L., et al. (1997). Doing cultural studies. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.

Dunwoody, S., Becker, L. B., McLeod, D. M., & Kosicki, G. M. (Eds.). (2005). The evolution of key mass communication concepts: Honoring Jack M. McLeod. Cresskill, NJ: Hampton Press.

Ellis, D. G. (1999). Crafting society: Ethnicity, class, and communication theory. Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.

Ferguson, R. (2004). The media in question. New York: Oxford Univ. Press.

Frey, L. R., Gouran, D. S., & Pool, M. S. (Eds.). (1999). The handbook of group communication theory and research. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.

Fuller, M. (2005). Media ecologies: Materialist energies in art and technoculture. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.

Garnham, N. (2000).  Emancipation, the media, and modernity: Arguments about the media and social theory.  New York: Oxford Univ. Press.

Gentner, D., & Goldin-Meadow, S. (Eds.). (2003). Language in mind: Advances in the study of language and thought. Cambridge, MA:  MIT Press.

Giles, D. C. (2003).  Media psychology. Mahwah, NJ:  Lawrence Erlbaum.

Ginsburg, F. D., et al. (Eds.). (2002). Media worlds: Anthropology on new terrain. Berkeley: University of California Press.

Glander, T. (2000). Origins of mass communications research during the American Cold War. Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.

Greene, J. O. (Ed.). (1997). Message production: Advances in communication theory. Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.

Griffin, E. (1991). A first look at communication theory.  New York: McGraw Hill.

Gripsrud, J. (2002).  Understanding media culture. London: Edward Arnold.

Gunkel, D. J. (Ed.). (2007). Thinking otherwise: Philosophy, communication, technology. Ashland, OH:  Purdue Univ. Press.

Habermas, J. (1981, `87). The theory of communicative action (2 Vols.).  Boston: Beacon Press.

Habermas, J. (1998).  On the pragmatics of communication.  Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.

Haddad, F. (1989). Alfarabi's theory of communication.  Syracuse, NY: Syracuse Univ. Press.

Hardt, H. (2001).  Social theories of the press: A global philosophy. Lanham, MD: Rowman & Littlefield.

Harris, R. J. (1999). A cognitive psychology of mass communication (3rd Ed.).  Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.

Hesmondhalgh, D. (2002). The cultural industries. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.

Hesmondhalgh, D., & Toynbee, J. (Eds.). (2008).  The media and social theory.  New York: Routledge.

Heyer, P. (1988). Communication and history:  Theories of media, knowledge and civilization.  Westport, CT:  Greenwood Press.

Holt, J., & Perren, A. (Eds.). (2009).  Media industries: History, theory, and method.  Malden, MA: Wiley-Blackwell.

Infante, D. A., Rancer, A. S., & Womack, D. (1990). Building communication theory.  Prospect Heights, IL:  Waveland Press.

Jacobson, T., & Servaes, J. (Eds.). (1999). Theoretical approaches to participating communication. Cresskill, NJ: Hampton Press.

Kincaid, D. L. (Ed.). (1987). Communication theory.  San Diego, CA: Academic Press.

Kirschner, S., & Kirschner, D. (1997). Perspectives on media psychology.  Washington, DC: American Psychological Association.

Liska, J., & Cronkhite, G. (1994). An ecological perspective on human communication theory.  Fort Worth, TX: Harcourt Brace.

Littlejohn, S. W. (1989). Theories of human communication (3rd ed.). Belmont, CA: Wadsworth.

Lopez, A. (2008).  Mediacology: A multicultural approach to media literacy in the 21st century.  New York: Peter Lang Publishing.

Mattelart, A., & Mattelart, M. (1992). Rethinking media theory.  Minneapolis: Univ. of Minnesota Press.

Mattelart, A., & Mattelart, M. (1998). Theories of communication: A short introduction.  Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.

McCombs, M., Shaw, D. L., & Weaver, D. (Eds.). (1997). Communication and democracy: Exploring the intellectual frontiers in agenda-setting theory.  Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.

McQuail, D. (2005). Mass communication theory (5th ed.).  Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.

Mulder, A. (2004). Understanding media theory: Language, image, sound, behavior. New York: NAI Publishers.

Nerone, J. C. (Ed.). (1995). Last rights: Revisiting four theories of the press.  Urbana, IL:  Univ. of Illinois Press.

Neuliep, J. W. (1994). Human communication theory: Applications and case studies.  Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Prentice Hall.

O’Connor, A. (2006). Raymond Williams. Lanham, MD: Rowman & Littlefield.

O'Hair, D., & Kreps, G. L. (Eds.). (1990). Applied communication theory and research. Hillsdale, NJ:  Erlbaum.

Packer, J., & Robertson, C. (Eds.). (2005). Thinking with James Carey: Essays on communication, transportation, history.  New York, NY: Peter Lang.

Perry, D. K. (1996). Theory and research in mass communication.  Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.

Pierce, D. L. (2003).  Rhetorical criticism and theory for communication professionals. New York: McGraw-Hill.

Potter, W. J. (2004). Theory of media literacy: A cognitive approach. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.

Potter, W. J. (2009).  Arguing for a general framework for mass media scholarship.  Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.

Radford, G. P. (2005). On the philosophy of communication. Belmont, CA: Thomson Wadsworth.

Reed, R. (1998). Essence of communication theory. Englewood Cliffs, NJ:  Prentice Hall.

Roberts, E. (1998). Introduction to communication theory.  Paramus, NJ: Prentice Hall.

Rothenbuhler, E. W., & Coman, M. (Eds.). (2005). Media anthropology. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.

Rutgers University Staff (1998). Communication theory: A reader. Dubuque, IA:  Kendall/Hunt.

Salwen, M. B., & Stacks, D. W. (Eds.). (1996). An integrated approach to communication theory and research.  Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.

Schiller, D. (1996). Theorizing communication: A history.  New York: Oxford Univ. Press.

Schrag, C. O. (2003). Communicative praxis and the space of subjectivity. Ashland, OH: Purdue Univ. Press.

Schramm, W. (1997). The beginnings of communication study in America (eds.: S. H. Chaffee & E. M. Rogers).  Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.

Schwartz, L. L. (Ed.) (1999). Psychology and the media: A second look. Washington, DC: American Psychological Association.

Shoemaker, P. J., Tankard, J. W., & Larosa, D. L. (2003). How to build social science theories. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.

Shrum, L. J. (Ed.). (2004). The psychology of entertainment media: Blurring the lines between entertainment and persuasion. Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.

Smith, J. (1995). Understanding the media: A sociology of mass communication.  Cresskill, NJ: Hampton Press.

Steuer, F. B., & Hustedt, J. T. (2002). TV or no TV? A primer on the psychology of television. Lanham, MD: University Press of America.

Stone, G., Singletary, M. W., & Richmond, V. (1999). Clarifying communication theories. Ames, IA: Iowa State Univ. Press.

Stout, D. A., & Buddenbaum, J. M. (Eds.). (2006). The religious heritage of mass communication theorists. Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.

Strate, L. (2006). Echoes and reflections: On media ecology as a field of study. Cresskill, NJ: Hampton Press.

Wanta, W. (1997).  The public and national agenda.  Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.

Wayne, M. (2003). Marxism and media studies. London: Pluto Press.

Whaley, B. B., & Samter, W. (Eds.). (2007). Explaining communication: Contemporary theories and exemplars. Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.

Williams, R. (2003). Television: Technology and cultural form (2nd ed.). New York: Routledge.

Windhal, S. R., & Signitzer, B. (1992). Using communication theory.  Newbury Park , CA: Sage.

Zingrone, F. (2004). The media simplex: At the edge of meaning in the age of chaos. Cresskill, NJ: Hampton Press.

 

Visual Communication:

 

Barry, A. M. S. (1998). Visual intelligence. Albany: State Univ. of New York Press.

Berger, A. A. (1989). Seeing is believing:  An introduction to visual communication.  Mountain View, CA: Mayfield Publications.

Bertelsen, L. K., Gade, R., Sandbye, M. (Ed.). (1999). Symbolic imprints: Essays on photography and visual culture. Oakville, CT: Aarhus Univ. Press.

Burnett, R. (2004). How images think. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.

Coleman, A. D. (1998). Depth of field: Essays on photographs, mass media, and lens culture. Albuquerque: Univ. of New Mexico Press.

Cubitt, S. (1994). Videography: Video media as art and culture.  New York: St. Martin’s Press.

Elkins, J. (1999). The domain of images. Ithaca, NY: Cornell Univ. Press.

Evans, J., & Hall, S. (Ed.). (1999). Visual culture: The reader. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.

Faigley, L. George, D., Palchik, A., & Selfe, C. (2005). Picturing texts. New York, NY: Norton & Co.

Fry, T. (Ed.).  RUA/TV?  Heidegger and the televisual.  Australia: University of Sydney.

Gombrich, E. H. (1999). The uses of images: Studies in the social function of art and visual communication.  London: Phaidon.

Hardt, H. (1999). Picturing the past: Media, history and photography. Champaign: Univ. of Illinois Press.

Hill, C.A., & Helmers, M.H. (Eds.). (2004). Defining visual rhetorics. Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.

Hilligoss, S. (2001).  Visual communication. New York: Longman.

Hocks, M. E., & M. R. Kendrick (Eds.). (2003). Eloquent images: Word and image in the age of new media. Cambridge, MA: The MIT Press.

Hope, D.S. (Ed.). (2006). Visual communication: Perception, rhetoric, technology. Cresskill, NJ: Hampton Press.

Kostelnick, C., & Hassett, M. (2003). Shaping information: The rhetoric of visual conventions. Carbondale, IL: Southern Illinois Univ. Press.

Lester, P. M. (2005). Visual Communication: Images with messages (4th ed.). Belmont, CA: Wadsworth Publishing.

Manghani, S., Piper, A., & Simons, J. (Eds.). (2006). Images: A reader. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.

Massironi, M. (2002).  The psychology of graphic images. Mahwah, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum.

McBride, K.D. (Ed.). (2004). Visual media and the humanities: A pedagogy of representation. Knoxville: University of Tennessee Press.

McCarthy, A. (2001).  Ambient television: Visual culture and public space.  Durham, NC: Duke University Press.

Metallinos, N. (1996). Television aesthetics: Perceptual, cognitive and compositional bases.  Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.

Pettersson, R. (1989?). Visuals for information:  Research & practice.  Englewood Cliffs, NJ:  Educational Technology Publications.

Prelli, L. J. (Ed.). (2006). Rhetorics of display. Columbia, SC: University of South Carolina Press.

Racine, N. (2002).  Visual communication: Understanding maps, charts, diagrams, and schematics. LearningExpress, LLC.

Rodowick, D. N. (2001).  Reading the figural, or philosophy after the new media. Durham, NC: Duke University Press.

Royce, T.D., & Bowcher, W.L. (Eds.). (2007). New directions in the analysis of multimodal discourse. Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.

Schirato, T., & Webb, J. (2004). Understanding the visual. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.

Schwartz, V. R., & Przyblyski, J. M. (Eds.). (2004). The nineteenth-century visual culture reader. New York: Routledge.

Smith, K., Moriarty, S., Barbatsis, G., & Kenney, K. (Eds.). (2005). Handbook of visual communication: Theory, methods, and media. Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.

Staff, B. P. (Ed.). (2005). The graphic designer’s guide to effective visual communication: Creating hierarchies with type, image, and color. East Sussex, England: RotoVision SA.

Stanczak, G.C. (Ed.). (2007). Visual research methods: Image, society, and representation. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.

Sturken, M., & Cartwright, L. (2001).  Practices of looking: An introduction to visual culture. New York: Oxford Univ. Press.

Van Leeuwen, T., & Jewitt, C. (Eds.). (2001).  The handbook of visual analysis.  Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.

Walker, J. W., & Chaplin, S. (1997). Visual culture: An introduction. New York:  St. Martin's Press.

Williams, M., & Davids, K. (Eds.). (1998). Visual culture reader. New York: Routledge.

Williams, R., & Newton, J. H. (2007). Visual communication: Integrating media, art, and science. Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.

Willows, D. M., & Houghton, H. A. (1987). The psychology of illustration.  New York: Springer‑Verlag.

 

Women & the Media:

 

Aldoory, L., & Toth, E. (Eds.). (2001).  Gender challenge to media: Diverse voices from the field. Cresskill, NJ: Hampton Press.

Allen, D., Rush, R. R., & Kaufman, S. J. (Eds.). (1996). Women transforming communications.  Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.

Assiter, A., & Carol, A. (Eds.). (1993). Bad girls and dirty pictures: The challenge to reclaim feminism.  Boulder, CO: Westview Press.

Baehr, H., & Dyer, G. (Eds.). (1987). Boxed in:  Women and television. Winchester, MA: Unwin Hyman.

Basinger, J. (1993). A woman's view: How Hollywood spoke to women, 1930-1960.  New York:  Alfred A. Knopf.

Biagi, S., & Kern-Foxworth, M. (1997). Facing difference: Race, gender, and mass media.  Thousand Oaks, CA: Corwin Press.

Bradley, P. (2003). Mass media and the shaping of American feminism, 1963-1975. Jackson, MS: University Press of Mississippi.

Brown, M. E. (1990). Television and women's culture.  Newbury Park, CA: Sage.

Brown, M. E. (1994). Soap opera and women’s talk:  The pleasure of resistance.  Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.

Brunsdon, C. (2000).  The feminist, the housewife, and the soap opera.  New York: Oxford Univ. Press.

Brunsdon, C., D’Acci, J., & Spigel, L. (Eds.) (1997).  Feminist television criticism: A reader. New York: Oxford Univ. Press.

Byerly, C.M., & Ross, K. (2006). Women and media: A critical introduction. Malden:  Blackwell Publishers.

Carilli, T., & Campbell, J. (Eds.). (2005). Women and the media: Diverse perspectives. Lanham, MD: University Press of America.

Carstarphen, M. G., & Zavoina, S. C. (Eds.). (1999). Sexual rhetoric: Media perspectives on sexuality, gender, and identity.  Westport, CT: Greenwood Press.

Carter, C. (1998). News, gender, and power.  New York: Routledge.

Carter, C., & Steiner, L. (Eds.). (2003). The media and gender reader. Berkshire: Open University Press.

Cole, E., & Daniel, J. H. (Eds.). (2005). Featuring females: Feminist analyses of media. Washington, DC: American Psychological Association.

Cornell, D. (Ed.) (2000).  Feminism and pornography. New York: Oxford Univ. Press.

Cortese, A. J. (1999). Provocateur: Images of women and minorities in advertising. Lanham, MD: Rowman & Littlefield.

Creedon, P. J. (1989). Women in mass communication.  Newbury Park, CA: Sage.

Creedon, P. J. (Ed.). (1994). Women, media, and sport.  Newbury Park, CA: Sage.

D’Acci, J. (1994). Defining women: Television and the case of “Cagney and Lacey”.  Chapel Hill: Univ. of North Carolina Press.

Dines, G., & Humez, J. M. (Eds.). (1994). Gender, race, and class in media: A critical text-reader.  Newbury Park, CA: Sage.

Dolan, J. (1988). Feminist spectator as critic.  Ann Arbor:  UMI Research.

Douglas, S. J. (1994). Where the girls are: Growing up female with the mass media.  New York: Times Books.

Dow, B. J. (1996). Prime-time feminism: Television, media culture, and the women’s movement since 1970.  Philadelphia: University of Pennsylvania Press.

Drucker, S. J., & Gumpert, G. (Eds.). (1996). Voices in the street: Explorations in gender, media, and public space.  Cresskill, NJ: Hampton Press.

Early, F. (Ed.). (2003). Athena’s daughters: Television’s new women warriors. Syracuse, NY: Syracuse Univ. Press.

Echenoz, J. (1998). Big blondes.  New York: New Press.

Fineman, M. A., & McCluskey, M. T. (Eds.). (1997). Feminism, media, and the law. New York: Oxford Univ. Press.

Gauntlett, D. (2002).  Media, gender and identity: An introduction. New York, NY: Routledge.

Gibson, P. C., & Gibson, R. (Eds.). (1993). Dirty looks: Women, pornography, power.  London: British Film Institute.

Glover, C. J. (1992). Men, women, and chain saws: Gender in the modern horror film.  Princeton, NJ: Princeton Univ. Press.

Goren, L.J. (Ed.). (2009).  You’ve come a long way, baby: Women, politics, and popular culture.  Lexington, KY: Univ. Press of Kentucky.

Joseph, A., & Sharma, K. (1994). Whose news?  The media and women’s issues.  Newbury Park , CA: Sage.

Hall, A. C. (Ed.). (1998). Delights, desires and dilemmas: Essays on women and the media.  Westport, CT: Greenwood.

Haralovich, M. B., & Rabinovitz, L. (Eds.). (1999). Television, history, and American culture: Feminist critical essays.  Durham, NC:  Duke Univ. Press.

Hermes, J. (1995). Reading women’s magazines.   New York: Blackwell.

Inness, S. A. (1998). Tough girls: Women warriors and wonder women in popular culture.  Philadelphia: University of Pennsylvania Press.

Inness, S. A. (2004). Action chicks: New images of tough women in popular culture. New York: Palgrave Macmillan.

Kahn, K. (1996). The political consequences of being a woman: How stereotypes influence the conduct and consequences of political campaigns.  New York:  Columbia Univ. Press.

Kitch, C. (2001).  The girl on the magazine cover: The origins of visual stereotypes in American mass media. Chapel Hill: University of North Carolina Press.

Landay, L. (1998). Madcaps, screwballs, and con women: The female trickster in American culture.  Philadelphia: University of Pennsylvania Press.

Lont, C. M. (1995). Women and media: Content, careers, and criticism.  Belmont, CA: Wadsworth.

Lumby, C. (1997).  Bad girls: The media, sex and feminism in the 90s.  St. Leonards , New South Wales: Allen & Unwin.

Macdonald, M. (1995). Representing women: Myths of femininity in the popular media.  London: Edward Arnold.

MacKinnon, K. (2003). Representing men: Maleness & masculinity in the media. New York: Oxford Univ. Press.

Marlane, J. (1999). Women in television news revisited. Austin: Univ. of Texas Press.

Meehan, E. R., & Riordan, . (Eds.). (2001).  Sex and money: Feminism and political economy in the media. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press.

Meyers, M. (1996). News coverage of violence against women.  Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.

Meyers, M. (Ed.). (1999). Mediated women: Representations in popular culture. Cresskill, NJ: Hampton Press.

Meyers, M. (Ed.). (2008).  Women in popular culture: Representation and meaning.  Cresskill, NJ: Hampton Press.

Mills, K. (1990). A Place in the news:  From the women's pages to the front page.  New York:  Columbia Univ. Press.

Murray, S. (2004). Mixed media: Feminist presses and publishing politics. London: Pluto Press.

Mumford, L. S. (1995). Love and ideology in the afternoon: Soap opera, women, and television genre.  Bloomington:  Indiana Univ. Press.

Nochimson, M. (1993). No end to her: Soap opera and the female subject.  Berkeley: Univ. of California Press.

Norris, P. (Ed.). (1996). Women, media, and politics.  New York: Oxford Univ. Press.

Parrott, R., & Condit, C. (1996). Evaluating women’s health messages: A resource book.  Newbury Park, CA: Sage.

Projansky, S. (2001).  Watching rape: Film and television in postfeminist culture. New York, NY: NYU Press.

Rakaw, L. F. (Ed.). (1992). Women making meaning: New feminist directions in communication.  New York: Routledge.

Rakow, L.F., & Wackwitz, L.A. (2004). Feminist communication theory: Selections in context. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.

Robinson, G. (2005). Gender, journalism and equity: Canadian, U.S. and European perspectives. Cresskill, NJ: Hampton Press.

Rollins, S., & Rollins, P. (Eds.). (1995). Gender in popular culture: Images of men and women in literature, visual media, material culture.  Cleveland, OH: Ridgemont Press.

Romaine, S. (1999). Communicating gender.  Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.

Ross, K., & Byerly, C.M. (2004). Women and media: International perspectives. Malden:  Blackwell Publishers.

Rush, R. R., Oukrop, C. E., & Creedon, P. J. (Eds.). (2003). Seeking equity for women in journalism and mass communication education. Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.

Sakr, N. (Ed.). (2004). Women and media in the Middle East: Power through self-expression. London: I.B. Tauris & Co.

Schlesinger, P., et al. (1992). Women viewing violence.  Bloomington:  Indiana Univ. Press.

Shattuc, J. (1997). The talking cure: TV talk shows and women.  New York: Routledge.

Shields, V. R., & Heinecken, D. (2002).  Measuring up: How advertising affects self-image. Philadelphia: University of Pennsylvania.

Smith-Shomade, B. E. (2002). Shaded lives: African-American women and television. Piscataway, NJ: Rutgers Univ. Press.

Spigel, L., & Mann, D. (1992). Private screenings: Television and the female consumer.  Minneapolis: Univ. of Minnesota Press.

Sreberny, A., & van Zoonen, L. (Eds.). (2000). Gender, politics, and communication. Cresskill, NJ: Hampton Press.

Taylor, M., & Saarinen, E. (1994). Imagologies: Media philosophy.  New York: Routledge.

Valdivia, A. N. (Ed.). (1995). Feminism, multiculturalism and the media.  Newbury Park , CA: Sage.

Van Zoonen, L. (1994). Feminist media studies.  Newbury Park, CA: Sage.

Wilson, C. C., Gutiérrez, F., & Chao, L. (2003). Racism, sexism, and the media (3rd ed.). Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.

Wood, J. T. (1994). Gendered lives: Communication, gender, and culture.  Belmont, CA:  Wadsworth.

Woodward, K. M. (Ed.). (1999). Figuring age: Women, bodies, generations. Bloomington:  Indiana Univ. Press.

 

 

 

Writing & Literacy:

 

Altman, R. (2004). Absent voices: The story of writing systems in the West. New Castle, DE: Oak Knoll Press.

Bolter, J. D. (2001).  Writing Space (2nd ed.). Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.

Crick, J. C., & Walsham, A. (Eds.). (2004). The uses of script and print, 1300-1700. New York: Cambridge University Press.

Danesi, M. & Iannucci, A. A. (Eds.). (2006). Semiotics of writing. Madison, WI: Atwood Publishing.

Danky, J. P., & Wiegand, W. A. (1998). Print culture in a diverse America. Urbana, IL:  Univ. of Illinois Press.

DeFrancis, J. (1989). Visible speech:  The diverse oneness of writing systems.  Honolulu:  Univ. of Hawaii Press.

Draper, J. A. (Ed.). (2004). Orality, literacy, and colonialism in antiquity. Atlanta, GA: Society of Biblical Literature.

Enos, R. L. (1990). Oral and written communication. Newbury Park, CA: Sage.

Finkelstein, D. (2005). An introduction to book history.  New York, NY: Routledge.

Finnegan, R. (1988).  Literacy and orality:  Studies in the technology of communication. New York:  Blackwell.

Hudson, N. (1994). Writing and European thought, 1600-1830.  Cambridge: Cambridge Univ. Press.

Jacobsen, M. M. (2002).  Transformations of literacy in computer-mediated communication: Orality, literacy, cyberdiscursivity. Lewiston, NY: Edwin Mellen Press.

Jahandarie, K. (1999).  Spoken and written discourse: A multi-disciplinary perspective.  Stamford, CT: Ablex.

Kirsch, G., Rosen, D. H. (Eds.). (1989). A sense of audience in written communication. Newbury Park, CA: Sage.

Langer, J. A. (Ed.). (1987) Language, literacy and culture.  Norwood, NJ: Ablex.

Lentz, T. M. (1988). Orality and literacy in Helenic Greece.  Carbondale, IL: Southern Illinois Univ. Press.

McLaughlin, K. (2005). Paperwork: Fiction and mass mediacy in the paper age. Philadelphia, PA: University of Pennsylvania Press.

Neuman, S. B. (1991). Literacy in the television age.  Norwood, NJ:  Ablex.

Pailliotet, A. W. (Ed.). (2000).  Reconceptualizing literacy in the media age. Stamford, CT: JAI Press.

Perkinson, H. J. (1995). How things got better: Speech, writing, printing, and cultural change.  Westport, CT: Bergin & Garvey.

Pryce, H., et al. (1998).  Literacy in medieval celtic societies.  New York:  Cambridge Univ. Press.

Saljo, R. (Ed.). (1988). The written world.  New York:  Springer‑Verlag.

Scheunemann, D. (1996). Orality, literacy, and modern media.  Columbia, SC: Camden House.

Shlain, L. (1998). The alphabet versus the goddess: The conflict between word and image.  New York: Viking Penguin.

Turner, M. (1991). Reading minds:  The study of English in the age of cognitive science. Princeton, NJ:  Princeton Univ. Press.

Welch, K. E. (1999).  Electric rhetoric: Classical rhetoric, oralism, and a new literacy.  Cambridge, MA:  MIT Press.

 

Writing for Media:

                      

Arnold, G. T. (2009).  Media writer’s handbook: A guide to common writing and editing problems (5th Ed.).  Boston, MA: McGraw-Hill.Attkisson, S., & Vaughan, D. R. (2003).  Writing right for broadcast and Internet news. Boston, MA: Allyn & Bacon.

Berger, A. A. (1990). Scripts: Writing for radio and TV.  Newbury Park, CA: Sage.

Bivins, T. (1991).  Handbook for public relations writing.  Lincolnwood, IL:  NTC Publishing Group.

Bivins, T. (1992). Fundamentals of successful newsletters.  Lincolnwood, IL:  NTC Publishing Group.

Blundell, W. E. (1988). The art and craft of feature writing: The Wall Street Journal guide.  New York: Plume.

Bowden, D. (2006). Writing for film: The basics of screenwriting. Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.

Brooks, B. S., Moen, D. R., Ranly, D., & Kennedy, G. (1999). News reporting and writing.  New York: Bedford/St. Martin’s Press.

Brooks, B. S., Pinson, J., & Wilson, J. G. (2000). Working with words: A handbook for media writers and editors. New York: Bedford/St. Martin’s Press.

Burton, P. W. (1999). Advertising copywriting (7th ed.). Lincolnwood, IL:  NTC Publishing Group.

Camenson, B. (2001).  Careers in writing.  Chicago, IL: VGM Career Books.

Carroll, V. M. (1997). Writing news for television. Ames, IA:  Iowa State Univ. Press.

Click, J. W., & Baird, R. N. (1990). Magazine editing and production.  Dubuque, IA:  Wm C. Brown.

Cohler, D. K. (1990). Broadcast newswriting.  Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Prentice Hall.

Dawson, J. (2000).  Screenwriting: A manual. New York: Oxford Univ. Press.

DeVries, M. A. (1999). Internationally yours: Writing and communicating successfully in today’s global marketplace. Upland, CA: DIANE Publishing.

Fink, C. C. (1999). Writing opinion for impact. Ames, IA: Iowa State Univ. Press.

Fink, C. C. (2003). Writing to inform and engage: The essential guide to beginning news and magazine writing. Boulder, CO: Westview Press.

Fink, C. C., & Fink, D. E. (1993).  Introduction to magazine writing.  New York: Macmillan.

Flynn, N., & Flynn, T. (1998). Writing effective e-mail.  Mountain View, CA: Crisp Publications.

Fox, W. (1993). Writing the news: A guide for print journalists (2nd ed.).  Ames, IA:  Iowa State Univ. Press.

Friedmann, A. (2001).  Writing for visual media. Boston, MA: Focal Press.

Fulton, H., Huisman, R., Murphet, J., & Dunn, A. (2005). Narrative and media. New York, NY: Cambridge Univ. Press.

Garrison, B. (2003). Professional feature writing (4th ed.). Mahwah, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum.

Hagerman, W. L. (1990). Broadcast advertising copywriting.  Stoneham, MA: Focal Press.

Hampe, B. (1993). Video scriptwriting: How to write for the $4 billion commercial video market.  New York: Plume.

Hausman, C. (1992). Crafting news for the electronic media.  Belmont, CA:  Wadsworth.

Hilliard, R. L. (1991). Writing for television and radio.  Belmont, CA: Wadsworth.

Hyde, S. (2003).  Idea to script: Storytelling for today’s media. Boston, MA: Allyn & Bacon.

Knight, R. M. (1998). A journalistic approach to good writing: The craft of clarity. Ames, IA:  Iowa State Univ. Press.

Loeffler, R. H. (1992). Guide to preparing the cost-effective press release.  Binghamton: The Haworth Press.

Meeske, M. D. (1998). Copywriting for the electronic media. Belmont, CA: Wadsworth.

Miller, P. (2006). Author! Screenwriter!: How to succeed as a writer in New York and Hollywood. Cincinnati, OH: Adams Media Corporation.

Montgomery, S. L. (2003). Chicago guide to communicating science. Chicago: University of Chicago Press.

Morley, J. (1992). Scriptwriting for high-impact videos.  Belmont, CA:  Wadsworth.

Newsom, D., & Carrell, B. (1997). Public relations writing: Form & style. Belmont, CA: Wadsworth.

Rubenstein, P. M., & Maloney, M. (1988). Writing for the media (2nd ed.). Englewood Cliffs, NJ:  Prentice Hall.

Ryan, M.-L. (Ed.). Narrative across media: The languages of storytelling. Lincoln: University of Nebraska Press.

Stone, G. (1991). Newswriting.  New York:  Harper Collins.

Stovall, J. G. (1990). Writing for the mass media.  Englewood Cliffs, NJ:  Prentice Hall.

Thompson, K. (2003). Storytelling in film and television. Cambridge, MA: Harvard Univ. Press.

Van Nostran, W. (1983). The nonbroadcast television writer`s handbook. New York: Knowledge Industry Publications.

Wilcox, D. L., & Nolte, L. W. (1994). Public relations writing and media techniques (2nd ed.).  New York:  HarperCollins.

Wulfemeyer, K. T. (1993). Beginning broadcast newswriting.  Ames, IA:  Iowa State Univ. Press.

Wysocki, A.F., Johnson-Eilola, J., Selfe, C.L., & Sirc, G. (2004). Writing new media: Theory and applications for expanding the teaching of composition. Logan: Utah State University Press.

 

Miscellaneous:

 

Al-Barzinji, S. J. (1998). Working principles for an Islamic model in mass media communication.  Herndon: The International Institute of Islamic Thought.

Altheide, D. L. (1995). Ecology of communication: Cultural formats of control.  Hawthorne, NY:  Aldine de Gruyter.

Altheide, D. L., & Snow, R. P. (1991). Media worlds in the postjournalism era.  Hawthorne, NY:  Aldine de Gruyter.

Anderson, C. (1994). Hollywood TV: The studio system in the fifties.  Austin, TX:  University of Texas Press.

Anderson, J. A., & Meyer, T. (1988). Mediated communication.  Newbury Park, CA: Sage.

Anderson, R. K. (1994). Consumer culture and TV programming.  Boulder, CO: Westview Press.

Angus, I., & Jhally, S. (1989). Cultural politics in contemporary America. New York: Routledge.

Anholt, R. R. H. (1994). Dazzle `em with style: An inroduction to the art of oral scientific presentation.  New York: Freeman.

Baird, R. M., Loges, W. E., & Rosenbaum, S. (Eds.). (1999). The media and morality.  Amherst, MA: Prometheus Books.

Baughman, J. L. (1997). The republic of mass culture: Journalism, film-making and broadcasting in America since 1941 (2nd Ed.).   Philadelphia, PA: Johns Hopkins Univ. Press.

Benjamin, W. (2008).  The work of art in the age of its technological reproducibility, and other writings on media. Cambridge, MA: The Belknap Press of Harvard Univ. Press.

Berger, C. R. (1998). Communication and social influence processes.  East Lansing: Michigan State Univ. Press.

Bollinger, L. C. (1991). Images of a free press.  Chicago: Univ. of Chicago Press.

Bourdieu, P. (1998). On television (trans. P. Ferguson). New York: Free Press.

Broadbent, D. E. (1987). Perception and communication.  New York:  Oxford Univ. Press.

Brook, V. (2003). Something ain’t kosher here: The rise of the “Jewish” sitcom. Piscataway, NJ: Rutgers Univ. Press.

Brown, R. B., & Fishwick, M. W. (1998). The global village: Dead or alive? Bowling Green, OH: Bowling Green Univ. Popular Press.

Brown, R. D. (1989). Knowledge is power: The diffusion of information in early America, 1700-1865.  New York:  Oxford Univ. Press.

Bryant, J. (1990). Television and the American family.  Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.

Burton, G. (1990). More than meets the eye.  London:  Edward Arnold.

Cantor, M. G., & Cantor, J. M. (1991).  Prime-time television:  Content and control.  Newbury Park, CA: Sage.

Carey, J. W. (1988). Communication as culture: Essays on media and society.  Winchester, MA:  Unwin Hyman.

Carey, J. W. (Ed.). (1988). Media, myths, and narratives.  Newbury Park, CA: Sage.

Cashmore, E. (1994). ...and there was television.  New York: Routledge.

Chanin, A. S. (1990). The flames of freedom.  Lanham, MD:  University Press of America.

Chesebro, J. W. (1996). Analyzing media: Communication technologies as symbolic and cognitive systems.  New York: Guilford Publications.

Christ, W. G. (Ed.).(1996). Media education assessment handbook.  Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.

Ciampa, J. A. (1989). Communication, the living end.  New York: Philosophical Library.

Cissna, K. N. (Ed.). (1995). Applied communication in the twenty-first century.  Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.

Cody, M. J., & McLaughlin, M. L. (1990). The psychology of tactical communication.  Bristol, PA:  Taylor & Francis Group.

Collins, R. K. L., & Skover, D. M. (1995). The death of discourse.  Boulder, CO: Westview Press.

Comstock, G. (1989). The evolution of American television.  Newbury Park, CA: Sage.

Comstock, G. (Ed.). (1986, 1989). Public communication and behavior (2 Vols.).  San Diego, CA: Academic Press.

Comstock, G., & Scharrer, E. (1999). Television: What’s on, who’s watching, and what it means. New York: Academic Press.

Condry, J. C. (1989). Psychology of television.  Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.

Cook, P. S., Gomery, D., & Lichty, L. W. (1988). American media:  The Wilson Quarterly reader.  Lanham, MD:  The Wilson Center Press.

Corner, J., & Hawthorn, J. (Eds.). (1989). Communication studies: An introductory reader. New York: Routledge, Chapman & Hall.

Croteau, D., & Hoynes, W. (1999). Media society: Industries, images and audiences.  Thousand Oaks, CA: Pine Forge Press.

Crowley, D., & Heyer, P. (1991). Communication in history.  New York: Longman.

Curran, J., & Gurevitch, M. (1991),  Mass media and society.  New York: Edward Arnold.

Curtis, R. (1989). Beyond the bestseller:  A literary agent takes you inside the book business. New York: New American Library.

D’Agostino, P., & Tafler, D. (Eds.). (1994). Transmission: Toward a post-television culture.  Newbury Park, CA: Sage.

Dahlgren, P., & Sparks, C. (Eds.). (1994). Communication and citizenship.  New York: Routledge.

D’Arcus, B. (2005). Boundaries of dissent. New York, NY: Routledge.

Dayan, D., & Katz, E. (1992). Media events: The live broadcasting of history.  Cambridge: Harvard Univ. Press.

Debray, R. (1996). Media manifestos: On the technological transmission of cultural forms.  New York: Norton.

Dégh, L. (1994). American folklore and the mass media.  Bloomington: Indiana Univ. Press.

Demers, D., & Viswanath, K. (Eds.). (1999). Mass media, social control, and social change: A macrosocial perspective. Ames, IA: Iowa State Univ. press.

Dennis, E. E. (1989). Reshaping the media.  Newbury Park, CA:  Sage.

Dervin, B., Grossberg, L., & O'Keefe, G. (Eds.). (1989). Rethinking communication. Newbury Park, CA:  Sage.

De Vaney, A. (Ed.). (1994). Watching Channel One:  The convergence of students, technology, and private business.  Albany: State Univ. of New York Press.

Donohew, L., Sypher, H. E., & Higgins, E. (1987). Communication, social cognition and affect.  Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.

Downing, J., Ford, T. V., Gil, G., & Stein, L. (2001).  Radical media: Rebellious communication and social movements.  Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.

Downing, J., Mohammadi, A., & Sreberny‑Mohammadi, A. (Eds.). (1990). Questioning the media.  Newbury Park, CA:  Sage.

Eastham, S. (1990). The media matrix: Deepening the context of communication studies. Lanham, MD: University Press of America.

Eldridge, J. (Ed.). (1995). Glasgow media group reader: Vol. 1: News content, language and visuals.  New York: Routledge.

Engelman, R. (1996). Public radio and television in America: A political history.  Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.

Evans, A. (2001).  This virtual life: Escapism and simulation in our media world. London: Vision.

Ferguson, M. (1990). Public communication, the new imperatives.  Newbury Park, CA:  Sage.

Ferguson, S. (1999). Communication planning. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.

Fiske, J. (1988). Television culture.  New York:  Methuen

Fiske, J. (1994). Media matters: Everyday culture and political change.  Minneapolis: Univ. of Minnesota Press.

Folkerts, J., & Teeter, D. L. (1989). Voices of a nation:  History of media in the United States.  New York: Macmillan.

Foote, J. S. (1990). Access to airways.  Westport, CT:  Praeger.

Foss, S. K., Foss, K. A., & Trapp, R. (1991). Contemporary perspectives on rhetoric.  Prospect Heights, IL:  Waveland Press.

Frantzich, S. (1999). The C-SPAN revolution. Norman: University of Oklahoma Press.

French, D., & Richards, M. (Eds.). (1996). Contemporary television.  Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.

Gergen, K. J. (2001).  Social construction in context. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.

Gibian, P. (1997). Mass culture and everyday life.  New York: Routledge.

Gitlin, T. (2002).  Media unlimited: The torrent of sounds and images in modern life. New York, NY: Henry Holt & Co.

Glasser, T. L. (Ed.). (1999). The idea of public journalism. New York: Guilford Publications.

Goldstein, T. (Ed.). (1989). Killing the messenger: 100 years of media criticism.  New York: Columbia Univ. Press.

Gonick, L. (1993). The cartoon guide to (non)communication: The use and misuse of information in the modern world.  New York: HarperCollins.

Gonzalez‑Manet, E. (1988). The hidden war of information. Norwood, NJ:  Ablex.

Gonzalez-Manet, E. (1992). Informatics and society:  The new challenges.  Norwood, NJ: Ablex.

Goodwin, A., & Whannel, G. (1990). Understanding television.  New York:  Routledge, Chapman & Hall.

Gozzi, R., Jr. (1999). The power of metaphor in the age of electronic media. Cresskill, NJ: Hampton Press.

Green, L. R. (2002).  Communication, technology and society. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.

Grodin, D., & Lindlof, T. R. (Eds.). (1996). Constructing the self in a mediated world.  Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.

Grossberg, L., Wartella, E., & Whitney, D. C. (1998). Mediamaking: Mass media in a popular culture.  Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.

Guback, T. (Ed.). (1993). Counterclockwise: Perspectives on communication from Dallas Smythe.  Boulder, CO:  Westview Press.

Gumbrecht, H. U., & Pfeiffer, K. L. (Eds.). (1994). Materialities of communication.  Stanford, CA: Stanford Univ. Press.

Gumpert, G., & Fish, S. L. (Eds.). (1991). Talking to strangers:  Mediated therapeutic communication.  Norwood, NJ:  Ablex.

Hackett, R., & Carroll, W. (2006). Remaking media: The struggle to democratize public communication. New York:  Routledge.

Hall, S. (Ed.). (1997). Representation.  Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.

Harris, R. J. (1989). A cognitive psychology of mass communication. Hillsdale, NJ:  Erlbaum.

Hartley, J. (1999). Uses of television. New York: Routledge.

Haslam, C., & Bryman, A. (Eds.). (1994). Social scientists meet the media.  New York: Routledge.

Hawkins, R. P.,  Wiemann, J. M., & Pingree, S. (1988). Advancing communica­tion science.  Newbury Park, CA: Sage.

Heim, M. (1987). Electric language.  New Haven, CT:  Yale Univ. Press.

Himmelstein, H. (1994). TV myth and the American mind.  Westport, CT: Praeger.

Hoveyda, F. (2000).  Hidden meaning of mass communications: Cinema, books, and television in the age of computers. Westport, CT: Praeger.

Howley, K. (2005). Community media: People, places and communication technologies. New York: Cambridge Univ. Press.

Huston, A. C., et al. (1992). Big world, small screen: The role of television in American society.  Lincoln: Univ. of Nebraska Press.

Hyde, M. J. (1982). Communication philosophy and the technological age.  Tuscaloosa:  Univ. of Alabama Press.

Inglis, A. F. (1990). Behind the tube.  Stoneham, MA:  Focal Press.

Jacobs, J. (1990). Changing channels:  Issues and realities in television.  Mountain View, CA:  Mayfield.

Jensen, K. B. (1995). The social semiotics of mass communication.   Newbury Park, CA: Sage.

Johnson, D. W. (1990).  Reaching out.  Englewood Cliffs, NJ:  Prentice Hall.

Jonassen, D. H. (Ed.). (2003). Handbook of research on educational communications and technology (2nd ed.). Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.

Kellner, D. (1990). Television and the crisis of democracy.  Boulder, CO:  Westview Press.

Kessler, L., & McDonald, D. (1989). Mastering the message.  Belmont, CA: Wadsworth.

Kubey, R. (Ed.). (2001).  Media literacy in the information age: Current perspectives.  New Brunswick, NJ: Transaction Books.

Lacan, J. (1989). Television.  Norton.

Lacey, N. (1998). Image and representation.  New York: St. Martin’s Press.

Larson, J. F. (1984). Television’s window on the world. Norwood, NJ: Ablex.

Lederman, L. C. (Ed.). (1992). Communication pedagogy: Approaches to teaching undergraduate courses in communication.  Norwood, NJ: Ablex.

Leeds‑Hurwitz, W. (1989). Communication in everyday life:  A social interpreta­tion. Norwood, NJ: Ablex.

Leonard, T. C. (1986). The power of the press.  New York:  Oxford Univ. Press.

Levinson, P. (1988). Mind at large:  Knowing in the technological age. Greenwich, CT: JAI Press.

Lewis, J. (1991). The ideological octopus.  New York: Routledge.

Liebes, T., Curran, J., & Katz, E. (1998). Media, ritual, and identity.  New York: Routledge.

Louw, E. (2001).  The media and cultural production. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.

Lowenstein, R. L., & Merrill, J. C. (1990). Macromedia.  White Plains, NY: Longman.

Luhman, N. (1989). Ecological communication [English translation].  Chicago: Univ. of Chicago Press.

Luhmann, N. (2000).  Reality of the mass media (trans. By K. Cross).  Stanford, CA: Stanford Univ. Press.

Lull, J. (Ed.). (2001).  Culture in the communication age.  New York, NY: Routledge.

MacDonald, J. F. (1993). One nation under television: The rise and decline of network TV.  Chicago: Nelson-Hall.

Maeroff, G. I. (1998). Imagining education: The media and schools in America. New York: Columbia University Press (Teachers College).

Maines, D. R., & Couch, C. J. (1988). Communication and social structure. Sprigfield, IL:  Charles C. Thomas.        

Marc, D. (1996). Demographic vistas: Television in American culture.  Philadelphia, PA: University of Pennsylvania Press.

Mark, D. (1989).  Comic visions.  Winchester, MA:  Unwin Hyman.

Mayhew, L. H. (1997). The new public: Professional communication and the means of social influence. New York:  Cambridge Univ. Press.

Mazzocco, D. W. (1994). Networks of power: Corporate TV’s threat to democracy.  Boston: South End Press.

McAnany, E. G., & Wilkinson, K. T. (Eds.). (1996). Mass media and free trade: NAFTA and the cultural industries.  Austin, TX:  Univ. Texas  Press.

McChesney, R. W. (1993). Telecommunications, mass media, and democracy:  The battle for the control of U.S. broadcasting, 1928-1935.  New York: Oxford Univ. Press.

McCormack, T. (Ed.). (1995). Studies in Communication, Vol. 5.  Greenwich, CT: JAI Press.

McCullagh, C. (2002).  Media power: A sociological introduction. New York: Palgrave.

McCumber, J. (1992). The company of words: Hegel, language, and systematic philosophy.  Evanston, IL: Northwestern Univ. Press.

McGuigan, J. (1993). Cultural populism.  New York: Routledge.

McKee, A. (2005). The public sphere: An introduction. New York, NY: Cambridge Univ. Press.

McKibben, B. (1992).  Age of missing information.  New York: Random House.

McManus, J. H. (1994). Market-driven journalism: Let the citizen beware?  Newbury Park , CA: Sage.

McMaster, M., & Grinder, J. (1994). Precision: A new approach to communication.  Scotts Valley, CA: Grinder, Delozier & Associates.

Medhurst, M. J., Gonzalez, A., & Peterson, T. R. (Eds.). (1990). Communication and the culture of technology.  Pullman: Washington State Univ. Press.

Media Dynamics, Inc. (1989). TV dimensions '89.  New York:  Media Dynamics, Inc.

Menache, S. (1990). The Vox Dei:  Communications in the Middle Ages.  New York: Oxford Univ. Press.

Mildner, V. (2007). The cognitive neuroscience of human communication. Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.

Miller, J. (1989). The social control of mass communication.  Norwood, NJ: Ablex.

Miller, T. (1998). Technologies of truth: Cultural citizenship and the popular media.  Minneapolis: Univ. of Minnesota Press.

Minai, A. T. (1993). Aesthetics, mind, & nature: A communication approach to the unity of matter and consciousness.  Westport, CT: Greenwood Press.

Montgomery, K. C. (1989). Target:  Prime time.  New York:  Oxford Univ. Press.

Mortensen, C. D. (1997). Miscommunication.  Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.

Mowlana, H., & Wilson, L. J. (1990). The passing of modernity.  White Plains, NY: Longman.

Mulgan, G. J. (1991). Communication and control.  New York:  Guilford Publications.

Muravchik, J. (1988). News coverage of the Sandanista revolution.  Lanham, MD: University Press of America.

Murray, M. D. (Ed.). (2003). Mass communication education. Ames, IA: Iowa State Univ. Press.

Nerone, J. (1994). Violence against the press: Policing the public sphere in U.S. history.  New York: Oxford Univ. Press.

Nussbaum, J. F., Thompson, T., & Robinson (1989). Communication and aging. New York:  Harper & Row.

O’Donnell, J. J. (1998). Avatars of the Word: From Papyrus to Cyberspace. Cambridge: Harvard Univ. Press.

O’Hair, D., O’Hair, F., & Wiemann, G. (1995). Competent communication.  New York: St. Martin’s Press.

O’Hair, D., Stewart, R., & Rubenstein, H. (2001).  A speaker’s guidebook.  Boston, MA: Bedford/St. Martin’s.

Ohman, R. (Ed.). (1996). Making and selling culture.  Hanover: University Press of New England.

O'Neil, J. (1988). The communicative body:  Studies in communicative philosophy, politics & sociology.  Evanston, IL: Northwestern Univ. Press.

O'Neill, J. (1991). Plato's cave: Desire, power, and the specular functions of the media.  Norwood, NJ:  Ablex.

O’Shaughnessy, M. (2000).  Media and society—An introduction. New York: Oxford Univ. Press.

Oskamp, S. (1988). Television as a social issue.  Newbury Park, CA: Sage. 

Oslin, G. P. (1992). The story of telecommunications.  Macon, GA: Mercer Univ. Press.

Ouellette, L. (2002). Viewers like you? How Public TV failed the people. New York: Columbia Univ. Press.

Parenti, M. (1991). Make-believe media: The politics of entertainment.  New York:  St. Martin's Press.

Parker, E. B., Hudson, H. E., et al. (1989?). Rural America in the information age. Lanham, MD: University Press of America.

Pearce, W. B. (1989). Communication and the human condition.  Carbondale, IL: Southern Ilinois Univ. Press.

Pelfrey, R. (1995). Art and mass media.  Dubuque, IA: Kendal/Hunt.

Perkinson, H. J. (1991). Getting better:  Television and moral progress.  New Brunswick, NJ:  Transaction Books.

Peters, J. D. (1999). Speaking into the air: A history of the idea of communication. Chicago, IL: Univ. of Chicago Press.

Poster, M. (1990). The mode of information:  Poststructuralism and social context.  Chicago, IL: Univ. of Chicago Press.

Poster, M. (1995). Second media age.  Polity Press.

Poster, M., & Aronowitz, S. (2001).  The information subject. Bristol, PA:  Taylor & Francis Group.

Potter, W. J. (1998). Media literacy.  Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.

Rayner, P., Wall, P., Kruger, S. (2004). AS media studies: The essential introduction. New York:  Routledge.

Real, M. R. (1996). Exploring media culture.  Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.

Reid, M. A. (1997). Post-Negritude visual and literary culture.  Albany: State Univ. of New York Press.

Rieber, R. W. (Ed.). (1990). Individual, communication, and society.  Cambridge: Cambridge Univ. Press.

Ritchie, L. D. (1991). Information.  Newbury Park, CA:  Sage.

Robinson, J., Levy, M. (1986). The main source.  Beverly Hills, CA:  Sage.

Rogers, E. M. (1994). A history of communication study.  New York: Free Press.

Rogers, E. M. (1995). Diffusion of innovations (4th ed.).  New York: Free Press.

Ruben, B. D., & Lievrouw, L. A. (1990). Mediation, information, and communication.  New Brunswick, NJ:  Transaction Books.

Ryan, J., & Wentworth, W. (1998). Media and society: The production of culture in the mass media.  Needham Heights: Allyn & Bacon.

Salmon, C. T. (1989). Information campaigns.  Newbury Park, CA:  Sage.

Salomon, G. (1994). Interaction of media, cognition, and learning (2nd ed.).  Hillsdale, NJ:  Erlbaum.

Salvaggio, J. L., & Bryant, J. (1989). Media use in information age.  Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.

Sauran, D. (1986). The Wooster Group:  Breaking the rules.  Ann Arbor:  UMI Research.

Scheuer, J. (1999).  The sound bite society: Television and the American mind. Four Walls Eight Windows.

Schiller, H. I. (1984). Information and the crisis economy.  Norwood, NJ:  Ablex.

Schiller, H. I. (1989). Culture, Ltd.  New York:  Oxford Univ. Press.

Schiller, H. I. (1992). Mass communication and the American empire (2nd ed.).  Boulder, CO: Westview Press.

Schirato, T., & Yell, S. (2000).  Communication and culture: An introduction. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.

Schmuhl, R. (1994). Demanding democracy.  Notre Dame, IN: Univ. of Notre Dame Press.

Schramm, W. (1988). The story of human communication.  New York: Harper & Row.

Shanahan, J.; & Morgan, M. (1999). Television and its viewers: Cultivation theory and research. New York: Cambridge Univ. Press.

Shane, E. (2001).  Disconnected America: The consequences of mass media in a narcissistic world. Armonk, NY:  M.E. Sharpe.

Shapiro, M. E. (1989). Television network prime‑time programming, 1948‑1988. Jefferson:  McFarland & Company.

Shepherd, G. J., & Rothenbuhler, E. W. (Eds.) (2000). Communication and community. Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.

Shields, D. (1996). Remote.  New York: Alfred K. Knopf.

Shoemaker, P. J. (1991). Gatekeeping.  Newbury Park, CA:  Sage.

Shoemaker, P. J., & Reese, S. (1991). Mediating the Message.  New York:  Longman.

Sigman, S. J. (Ed.). (1995). The consequentiality of communication.  Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.

Signorielli, N., & Morgan, M. (1989). Cultivation analysis.  Newbury Park, CA: Sage.

Silverblatt, A., Ferry, J., & Finan, B. (1999).  Approaches to media literacy: A handbook.  Armonk, NY:  M.E. Sharpe.

Silverstone, R. (1994). Television and everyday life.  New York: Routledge.

Simmons, R. E. (1990). Communication campaign management.  White Plains, NY: Longman.

Simpson, C. (1994). Science of coercion: Communication research and psychological warfare, 1945-1960.  New York: Oxford Univ. Press.

Singhal, A., Cody, M. J., Rogers, E. M., & Sabido, M. (Eds.). (2003). Entertainment-education and social change: History, research, and practice. Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.

Slade, C. (2001).  The real thing: Doing philosophy with media. New York, NY: Peter Lang.

Slater, R. (1988). This is CBS:  A chronicle of sixty years.  Englewood Cliffs, NJ:  Prentice Hall.

Sloan, W. D., & Startt, J. D. (Eds.). (1999). The media in America: A history. Northport: Vision Press.

Smith, R. P. (2002). The other face of public television: Censoring the American dream. New York: Algora Publishing.

Snyder, R., & Dennis, E. (Eds.). (1996). Media and public life.  New Brunswick, NJ: Transaction Books.

Solomon, W. S., & McChesney, R. W. (Eds.). (1992). Ruthless criticism: New perspectives in U.S. communication history.  Minneapolis:  Univ. Minnesota Press.

Sorlin, P. (1994). The mass media.  New York: Routledge.

Sparks, C. (1998). Communism, capitalism, and the mass media.  Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.

Stamm, K. R., & Bowes, J. E. (1990). The mass communication process:  A behavioral and social perspective.  Dubuque, IA:  Kendal/Hunt Publishing.

Sterling, C. H., & Kittross, J. (1990). Stay tuned (2nd ed.).  Belmont, CA: Wadsworth Publishing.

Summer, D. E. (1996). Graduate Programs in Journalism and Mass Communication.  Ames, IA:  Iowa State Univ. Press.

Swearingen, C. J., & Pruett, D. (Eds.). (1999). Rhetoric, the polis, and the global village. Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.

Taylor, L., & Willis, A. (1999). Media studies: Texts, institutions and audiences. Malden: Blackwell.

Taylor, L., & Willis, A. (Eds.). (1999). The new media studies: A reader. Malden: Blackwell.

Tedlock, D., & Mannheim, B. (Eds.). (1995). The dialogic emergence of culture.  New Haven, CT: Yale Univ. Press.

Tehranian, M. (1990). Technologies of power.  Norwood, NJ: Ablex.

Thomas, S. (1986). Studies in communication (Vol. 3:  Culture & Communication: Methodology, Behavior ...).  Norwood, NJ:  Ablex.

Thomas, S., & Evans, W. A. (1990). Studies in communication (Vol. 4: Communication and Culture: Language, Performance ...). Norwood, NJ: Ablex.

Thompson, J. B. (1996). The media and modernity: A social history of the media.  Stanford, CA: Stanford Univ. Press.

Thompson, K. (Ed.). (1997). Media and cultural regulation.  Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.

Thompson, R. J., & Burns, G. (Eds.). (1990). Making television:  Authorship and the production process.  Westport, CT:  Praeger.

Tolson, A. (1996). Mediations: Text and discourse in media studies.  London: Edward Arnold.

Tracey, M. (1998). Decline and fall of public service broadcasting. New York: Oxford Univ. Press.

Turow, J. (1992). Media systems in society: Understanding industries, strategies, and power.  White Plains, NY: Longman.

Twitchell, J. B. (1992). Carnival culture: The thrashing of taste in America.  New York: Columbia Univ. Press.

Vangelisti, A. L., Daly, J. A., & Friedrich, G. W. (Eds.). (1998). Teaching communication (2nd Ed.).  Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.

Vorderer, P., & Bryant, J. (Eds.). (2006). Playing video games: Motives, responses, and consequences. Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.

Walker, J. A. (1994). Art in the age of mass media.  Boulder, CO: Westview.

Walker, J. A. (2001). Art in the age of mass media (2nd ed.). London: Pluto Press.

Wasko, J. (2003). How Hollywood works. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.

Wasko, J., Mosco, V., & Pendakur, M. (Eds.). (1993). Illuminating the blind spots: Essays honoring Dallas W. Smythe.  Norwood, NJ: Ablex.

Watt, J. H., & Vanlear, A. (Eds.). (1996). Dynamic patterns in communication processes.  Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.

Weiler, M., & Pearce, W. B. (Eds.). (1992). Reagan and public discourse in America.  Tuscaloosa:  Univ. of Alabama Press.

Wells, A., & Hakanen, E. A. (1997). Mass media and society.  Norwood, NJ: Ablex.

Wells, A., & Hakanen, E. A. (1997). Contemporary studies in communication, culture, and information studies. Norwood, NJ: Ablex.

Willis, J. (1991). The shadow world:  Life between news media and reality.  Westport, CT:  Greenwood Press.

Wober, J. M. (1988). The use and abuse of television.  Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.

Wober, J. M., & Gunter, B. (1988). Television and social control. New York:  St. Martin's Press.

Wurman, R. S. (1989). Information anxiety.  New York:  Doubleday.

Zelizer, B. (1992). Covering the body: The Kennedy assassination, the media, and the shaping of collective memory.  Chicago: Univ. of Chicago Press.

Zillmann, D. (2000).  Exemplification in communication: The influence of case reports on the perception of issues. Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.

Zillmann, D., & Vorderer, P. (2000).  Media entrapment: The psychology of its appeal.  Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.


 

Communication Journals

 

 

Advertising Age

Asian Journal of Communication

Australian Journal of Communication

Billboard

Broadcasting

Canadian Journal of Communication

Channels

Columbia Journalism Review

Communication

Communication Abstracts

Communication and Cognition

Communication Arts

Communication Booknotes

Communication Education

Communication Monographs

Communication Quarterly

Communication Reports

Communication Research

Communication Research Trends

Communication Review

Communication Studies

Communication Theory

Communications and the Law

Communications News

Community Media Review

Critical Studies in Media Communication

Discourse Processes

Editor and Publisher

European Journal of Communication

Federal Communication Law Journal

FineLine

Health Communication

Human Communication Research

Intermedia

International Journal of Press/Politics

International Journal of Instructional Media

Journal of Advertising

Journal of Advertising Research

Journal of Applied Communication Research

Journal of Broadcasting and Electronic Media

Journal of Communication

Journal of Communication Inquiry

Journal of Film and Video

Journal of Mass Media Ethics

Journal of Popular Film and Television

Journalism & Mass Communication Educator

Journalism & Mass Communication Quarterly

Journalism History

Management Communication Quarterly

Mass Comm Review

Mass Communication & Society

Media, Culture, and Society

Media Management Review

Media Psychology

Media Studies Journal

Mediawatch

MediaWeek

News Media and the Law

Nordicom Review of Nordic Mass Communication Research

Political Communication

Public Opinion Quarterly

Public Relations Review

Publishers Weekly

Quarterly Journal of Speech

Southern Communication Journal

Southwestern Mass Communication Journal

Telecommunications Policy

Variety

Visible Language

Washington Journalism Review

Western Journal of Communication

Written Communication